Document:

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

FORM OF

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

WOODSIDE HOMES COMPANY, LLC

 

Dated as of [               ], 2014

 

 

THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.  SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
 OF
 WOODSIDE HOMES COMPANY, LLC

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 1.    CONTINUATION OF THE COMPANY
    	
2
    
	
Section 1.1
    	
Continuation of the Company
    	
2
    
	
Section 1.2
    	
Name
    	
2
    
	
Section 1.3
    	
Business of the Company
    	
2
    
	
Section 1.4
    	
Location of Principal Place of Business
    	
2
    
	
Section 1.5
    	
Registered Agent
    	
2
    
	
Section 1.6
    	
Term
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 2.  DEFINITIONS
    	
3
    
	
Section 2.1
    	
Definitions
    	
3
    
	
Section 2.2
    	
Rules of Interpretation
    	
11
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 3.  CAPITALIZATION
    	
12
    
	
Section 3.1
    	
Units; Initial Capitalization; Schedule of Members
    	
12
    
	
Section 3.2
    	
Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units
    	
13
    
	
Section 3.3
    	
Repurchase or Redemption of Class A Common Stock
    	
15
    
	
Section 3.4
    	
Changes in Class A Common Stock
    	
15
    
	
Section 3.5
    	
Non-Certification of Units; Units Are Securities
    	
16
    
	
Section 3.6
    	
Capital Contributions
    	
16
    
	
Section 3.7
    	
No Interest on Capital Contributions
    	
16
    
	
Section 3.8
    	
Withdrawal and Return of Capital Contributions
    	
16
    
	
Section 3.9
    	
Withdrawal of Funds or Loans
    	
16
    
	
Section 3.10
    	
Capital Accounts
    	
16
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 4.  ALLOCATION OF NET INCOME AND NET LOSS
    	
17
    
	
Section 4.1
    	
Allocations of Net Income and Net Losses
    	
17
    
	
Section 4.2
    	
Special Allocations
    	
17
    
	
Section 4.3
    	
Allocations for Income Tax Purposes
    	
19
    
	
Section 4.4
    	
Tax Withholding
    	
19
    
	
Section 4.5
    	
Allocations to Transferred Interests
    	
19
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 5.  DISTRIBUTIONS
    	
19
    
	
Section 5.1
    	
Distributions
    	
19
    
	
Section 5.2
    	
Successors
    	
19
    
	
Section 5.3
    	
Distributions In-Kind
    	
20
    
	
Section 5.4
    	
Tax Distributions
    	
20
    

 

i

 

	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 6.    BOOKS OF ACCOUNT, RECORDS AND REPORTS, FISCAL YEAR, TAX MATTERS
    	
20
    
	
Section 6.1
    	
Books and Records
    	
20
    
	
Section 6.2
    	
Annual Reports
    	
21
    
	
Section 6.3
    	
Tax Elections
    	
21
    
	
Section 6.4
    	
Fiscal Year
    	
21
    
	
Section 6.5
    	
Tax Matters Partner
    	
21
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 7.  POWERS, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE   MEMBERS
    	
21
    
	
Section 7.1
    	
Limitations
    	
21
    
	
Section 7.2
    	
Liability
    	
22
    
	
Section 7.3
    	
Priority
    	
22
    
	
Section 7.4
    	
Member Standard of Care
    	
22
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 8.  MANAGEMENT
    	
22
    
	
Section 8.1
    	
The Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties
    	
22
    
	
Section 8.2
    	
Officers
    	
23
    
	
Section 8.3
    	
Duties of Officers
    	
23
    
	
Section 8.4
    	
Existence and Good Standing
    	
23
    
	
Section 8.5
    	
Investment Company Act
    	
24
    
	
Section 8.6
    	
Indemnification of the Managing Member, Officers and Agents
    	
24
    
	
Section 8.7
    	
Devotion of Time; Fiduciary Duties; Company Opportunities;   Other Activities
    	
24
    
	
Section 8.8
    	
Investment Representations of Members
    	
25
    
	
Section 8.9
    	
Certain Costs and Expenses
    	
25
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 9.  TRANSFERS OF INTEREST BY MEMBERS
    	
26
    
	
Section 9.1
    	
Restrictions on Transfers of Interests by Members
    	
26
    
	
Section 9.2
    	
Transfer of Interest of Members
    	
26
    
	
Section 9.3
    	
Further Requirements
    	
27
    
	
Section 9.4
    	
Mandatory Exchange
    	
28
    
	
Section 9.5
    	
Consequences of Transfers Generally
    	
28
    
	
Section 9.6
    	
Capital Account; Percentage Interest
    	
29
    
	
Section 9.7
    	
Additional Filings
    	
29
    
	
Section 9.8
    	
Registration Rights
    	
29
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 10.    RESIGNATION OF MEMBERS; TERMINATION OF COMPANY; LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION   OF ASSETS
    	
34
    
	
Section 10.1
    	
Resignation of Members
    	
34
    
	
Section 10.2
    	
Dissolution of Company
    	
34
    
	
Section 10.3
    	
Distribution in Liquidation
    	
35
    
	
Section 10.4
    	
Final Reports
    	
36
    
	
Section 10.5
    	
Rights of Members
    	
36
    
	
Section 10.6
    	
Deficit Restoration
    	
36
    
	
Section 10.7
    	
Termination
    	
37
    

 

ii

 

	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 11.  NOTICES AND Consent of Members
    	
37
    
	
Section 11.1
    	
Notices
    	
37
    
	
Section 11.2
    	
Consents and Approvals
    	
37
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 12.  AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT
    	
37
    
	
Section 12.1
    	
Amendments
    	
37
    
	
Section 12.2
    	
Amendment of Certificate
    	
38
    
	
Section 12.3
    	
Power of Attorney
    	
38
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 13.  MISCELLANEOUS
    	
39
    
	
Section 13.1
    	
Entire Agreement
    	
39
    
	
Section 13.2
    	
Governing Law
    	
39
    
	
Section 13.3
    	
Severability
    	
39
    
	
Section 13.4
    	
Effect
    	
39
    
	
Section 13.5
    	
Captions
    	
39
    
	
Section 13.6
    	
Counterparts
    	
39
    
	
Section 13.7
    	
Waiver of Partition
    	
40
    
	
Section 13.8
    	
Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury
    	
40
    

 

iii

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

WOODSIDE HOMES COMPANY, LLC

 

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of WOODSIDE HOMES COMPANY, LLC (the “Company”), dated as of [                 ], 2014, is adopted, executed and agreed to, for good and valuable consideration, by and among the members listed on the Schedule of Members (as defined below), and shall be effective as of the Effective Time (as defined below).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 2.1.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company was formed under the name PH Holding LLC under the Act (as defined herein) pursuant to a Certificate of Formation, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 17, 2009, and the confirmed Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Woodside Group, LLC and Affiliated Debtors in effect in the federal bankruptcy cases titled In re Woodside Group, LLC, et al., jointly administered under Chapter 11 Case No. 6:08-bk-20682-PC, each in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, Riverside Division;

 

WHEREAS, on September 25, 2012, the members party thereto executed and delivered that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PH Holding LLC (the “Prior Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, on June 7, 2013, the Company changed its name to Woodside Homes Company, LLC by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

 

WHEREAS, Members holding the requisite percentage of the outstanding Units (as defined in the Prior Agreement) of the Company have duly consented to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, which shall amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety;

 

WHEREAS, Woodside Homes, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Woodside Inc.”), and the Company intend to enter into an underwriting agreement (i) to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named therein shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Woodside Inc. (the “Class A Common Stock”) and (ii) to make a public offering of such shares of Class A Common Stock (collectively, the “IPO”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Members desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement effective immediately prior to consummation of the IPO (the “Effective Time”) to reclassify all of the outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company into one class and series of units of membership interest in the Company as set forth herein and to reflect the designation of Woodside Inc. as the sole manager of the Company (the “Managing

 

 

Member”); and

 

WHEREAS,  immediately after the IPO, Woodside Inc. will purchase (a) newly-issued Units from the Company and (b) Units held by certain of the Members, in each case using the net proceeds from the IPO.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.  CONTINUATION OF THE COMPANY

 

Section 1.1                                    Continuation of the Company.  The Company was previously formed as a limited liability company under the Act by the filing of the Certificate with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 17, 2009.  Each Member agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  The Members hereby agree to continue the Company as a limited liability company under the Act for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.  To the extent that the rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control.

 

Section 1.2                                    Name.  The name of the Company is “Woodside Homes Company, LLC,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Managing Member as it may deem advisable.

 

Section 1.3                                    Business of the Company.  Subject to the limitations on the activities of the Company otherwise specified in this Agreement, the purpose and business of the Company shall be the conduct of any business or activity that may be conducted by a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Act.

 

Section 1.4                                    Location of Principal Place of Business.  The location of the principal place of business of the Company is 39 East Eagleridge Drive, Suite 102, North Salt Lake City, Utah 84054 or such other location as may be determined by the Managing Member.  In addition, the Company may maintain such other offices as the Managing Member may deem advisable at any other place or places within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.5                                    Registered Agent.  The registered agent for the Company is Paracorp Incorporated, 2140 S. Dupont Highway, in the City of Camden, County of Kent, Delaware 19934.  The Managing Member may change the registered agent from time to time as it deems appropriate.

 

Section 1.6                                    Term.  The term of the Company commenced on the date of filing of the Certificate, and shall be perpetual unless the Company is earlier dissolved and terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2

 

ARTICLE 2.   DEFINITIONS

 

Section 2.1                                    Definitions.  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings.

 

“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. Code §18-101 et seq., as in effect on the date hereof and as it may be amended hereafter from time to time.

 

“Adjusted Capital Account”  means, with respect to any Member, the Member’s Capital Account at such time (x) increased by the sum of (A) the amount of the Member’s share of partnership minimum gain (as defined in Regulation section 1.704-2(g)(1) and (3)), (B) the amount of the Member’s share of partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Regulation section 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (C) any amount of the deficit balance in its Capital Account that the Member is treated as obligated to restore pursuant to Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) and (y) decreased by reasonably expected adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Regulation sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).  This definition shall be interpreted consistently with Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).

 

“Affiliate” means with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of equity interests, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have correlative meanings to the foregoing.  For purposes of the definition of “control,” a general partner or the managing member of a Person shall always be considered to control such Person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, none of the Members or their Affiliates, solely by virtue of being Members of the Company, shall be considered Affiliates of any other Members or the Company; provided that the Managing Member shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company.

 

“Agreement” means this Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

“As-Exchanged Basis” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Pro Rata Ownership Interest”.

 

“Assignee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(d).

 

“Assumed Tax Rate” means a rate determined by the Managing Member for the applicable Fiscal Year, which shall not exceed the greater of the highest effective combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable during such fiscal year to a natural person residing in or corporation doing business in New York, New York (after giving effect to any differences in rates applicable to ordinary income and capital gains and any U.S. federal income tax deduction for such state and local income taxes).

 

“Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” means an automatic shelf registration statement (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) on Form S-3.

 

3

 

“Block Sale” means the sale of a number of shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) representing at least 1.0% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock to one or several purchasers in a registered transaction by means of (i) a bought deal, (ii) a block trade or (iii) a direct sale.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close in New York City, New York.

 

“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the account maintained by the Company with respect to such Member in accordance with Section 3.10.

 

“Capital Contribution” means a contribution to the capital of the Company.

 

“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all ownership interests in a limited liability company, partnership or other Person (other than a corporation), and any and all securities, warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire or that are convertible into any of the foregoing.

 

“Certificate” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Change of Control” has the meaning set forth for such term under the Exchange Agreement.

 

“Class A Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“Class B Common Stock” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of Woodside Inc.

 

“Common Stock” means the shares of Class A Common Stock, including any shares of capital stock into which Class A Common Stock may be converted (as a result of a recapitalization, share exchange or similar event) or that are issued with respect to Class A Common Stock (including, without limitation, with respect to any stock split or stock dividend, or a successor security).

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

 

“Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth for the term “partnership minimum gain” in Regulations section 1.704-2(d).

 

“Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8(e).

 

“Depreciation” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss” under paragraph (e) therein.

 

4

 

“Distribution” means each distribution after the Effective Time made by the Company to a Member, whether in cash, property or securities of the Company, pursuant to, or in respect of, Article 5 or Article 10.

 

“Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“Equity Securities” means all Common Stock of Woodside Inc. and Units and any and all securities of the Company, Woodside Inc. or any of their respective subsidiaries, convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, options, warrants or other rights to acquire, shares of Common Stock or Units.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, effective on or about the Effective Time, among the Company, Woodside Inc. and the Company Unitholders (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

“Excluded Securities” means Equity Securities issued in connection with: (a) a grant to or exercise by any existing or prospective consultants, employees, officers or directors of the Company, Woodside Inc. or any of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to any stock option, employee stock purchase or similar equity-based plans or other compensation arrangement; (b) the conversion or exchange of any securities of the Company into shares of Class A Common Stock, including pursuant to the Exchange Agreement; (c) the purchase or issuance of Units by or to Woodside Inc. pursuant to Section 3.2(c) or Section 3.2(d); (d) the issuance of any Common Stock or any security convertible into, or exchange or exercisable for, shares of Common Stock by Woodside Inc. in a primary or underwritten public offering of such Common Stock or other security or in an offering in which such Common Stock or other securities will be resold in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act; (e) the conversion or exchange of any security issued pursuant to clause (d) above; (f) any acquisition by the Company, Woodside Inc. or any of their respective subsidiaries of the stock, assets, properties or business of any Person; (e) any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving the Company, Woodside Inc. or any of their respective subsidiaries; (g) a Common Stock or Unit split, Common Stock or Unit dividend or any similar recapitalization of the Company or Woodside Inc.; or (h) any issuance of warrants or other similar rights to purchase Equity Securities by the Company or Woodside Inc. to lenders or other institutional investors or by the Company to Woodside Inc. in the case of a debt financing by Woodside Inc. in which Woodside Inc. issues warrants to the lenders or other institutional investors in accordance with this clause (h) (excluding the Preemptive Rights Holders) in any arm’s-length transaction providing debt financing to Woodside Inc., the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries (the “Financing Warrants”) where such Financing Warrants, together with all then outstanding Financing Warrants, are not equal to and not convertible into an aggregate of more than 5% of the outstanding Units or Common Stock on a fully diluted basis at the time of the issuance of such Financing Warrants, in each case, approved in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreements (to the extent such approval is required).

 

5

 

“Exercise Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(f).

 

“Fair Market Value” means, except as otherwise provided for herein, as of any given date of determination, the cash price, as determined in good faith by the Managing Member using any reasonable method of valuation and taking into account any relevant facts and circumstances then prevailing and in accordance with this Agreement, at which a willing seller would sell, and a willing buyer would buy, each being apprised of all relevant facts and neither acting under compulsion, such assets or properties in an arm’s-length negotiated transaction with an unaffiliated third party without time constraints.

 

“Family Group” means, for any individual, such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) and the spouses of such descendants, and any trust, limited partnership, corporation or limited liability company established solely for the benefit of such individual or such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) or the spouses of such descendants.

 

“Fiscal Year” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

 

“Follow-On Holdback Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8(f).

 

“Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

 

(a)                                 the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of the contribution;

 

(b)                                 the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross Fair Market Values as of the following times:

 

(i)                                     the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company after the Effective Time by a new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;

 

(ii)                                  the grant of an interest in the Company (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by an existing or a new Member acting in a “partner capacity,” or in anticipation of becoming a “partner” (in each case within the meaning of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d));

 

(iii)                               the Distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company property as consideration for an interest in the Company, if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company; and

 

6

 

(iv)                              the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g);

 

(c)                                  the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to a Member shall be the gross Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of Distribution;

 

(d)                                 the Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code section 734(b) or Code section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (d) to the extent that the Managing Member determines that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this definition of Gross Asset Value is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (d); and

 

(e)                                  with respect to any asset that has a Gross Asset Value that differs from its adjusted tax basis, Gross Asset Value shall be adjusted by the amount of Depreciation rather than any other depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery method.

 

“Incidental Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8(a).

 

“Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(a).

 

“Interest” when used in reference to an interest in the Company, means the entire ownership interest of a Member in the Company at any particular time, including its interest in the capital, profits, losses and distributions of the Company.

 

“IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“IPO Holdback Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8(f).

 

“Issuance Notice” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.2(f)(i).

 

“Liquidator” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).

 

“LLC Units” means any and all (x) Units, (y) securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Units and (z) options, warrants or other rights to acquire, Units, other than, in each case, Excluded Securities.

 

“Managing Member” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“Member” means each of the Persons listed on the Schedule of Members and each other Person who is hereafter admitted as a Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Act.  The Members shall constitute the “members” (as such term is defined in the Act) of the Company.  Any reference in this Agreement to any Member shall include a Substituted Member to the extent such Substituted Member was admitted to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7

 

“Member Minimum Gain” means minimum gain attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt determined in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i).

 

“Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth for the term “partner nonrecourse debt” in Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(4).

 

“Net Income” or “Net Loss” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year or other period, determined in accordance with Code section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code section 703(a)(1) shall be included in such taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

 

(a)                                 any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition of Net Income or Net Loss shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

(b)                                 any expenditures of the Company described in Code section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition of Net Income or Net Loss shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

 

(c)                                  in the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (b) or (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss;

 

(d)                                 gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

 

(e)                                  in lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, with respect to a Company asset having a Gross Asset Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes, “Depreciation” with respect to such asset shall be computed by reference to the asset’s Gross Asset Value in accordance with Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g);

 

(f)                                   to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code section 734(b) or 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a Distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss; and

 

8

 

(g)                                  any item of income, gain, credit, loss, deduction or expenditure allocated under Section 4.2 shall be excluded from the computation of Net Income and Net Loss.

 

“New Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(f).

 

“Oaktree Member” or “Oaktree Members” means, without duplication, (i) Oaktree AC InvestCo, L.P., Oaktree AC InvestCo 2, L.P., and Oaktree AC InvestCo 3, L.P., each a Delaware limited partnership, and (ii) each Permitted Transferee thereof, in each case for so long as such Person (a) is owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more investment funds or accounts affiliated with Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. and (b) beneficially owns one or more Units; provided that, to the extent there is more than one Oaktree Member, any consents required hereunder shall be determined by holders of a majority of the Units held by all Oaktree Members.

 

“Officer” and “Officers” have the meanings set forth in Section 8.2(a).

 

“Other Registration Rights” means the registration rights of any holder of securities of Woodside Inc. granted other than pursuant to this Agreement, including any rights granted pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Percentage Interest” means, with respect to each Member, as of the applicable date of determination, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the number of Units held by such Member and the denominator of which is the total number of Units held by all Members.

 

“Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Member, (a) its Affiliates (including, in the case of any Member that is an entity, any distribution by such Member to its members, partners or shareholders (the “Member’s Owners”), and any related distributions by the Member’s Owners to their respective members, partners or shareholders), (b) in the case of an individual, any member of its Family Group.

 

“Person” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, association, corporation, trust or other entity.

 

“Piggyback Rights Holder” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9.8.

 

“Post-IPO Units” means the number of Units outstanding after giving effect to the completion of the IPO (after taking into account the delivery of shares to the underwriters in respect of any overallotment option) and the related issuance of Units to the Managing Member by the Company in exchange for a portion of the proceeds therefrom, as such number of Units may be equitably adjusted to reflect any dividend, split, subdivision or combination of shares, or reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of or with respect to the Units occurring subsequent to such time.

 

“Preemptive Rights Holder” means each Member (other than Woodside Inc.) that, together with its Affiliates, owns (on an As-Exchanged Basis) at least 5% of the total number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (determined on an As-Exchanged Basis) outstanding immediately following the completion of the IPO, including the exercise by the

 

9

 

underwriters of any overallotment option and the sale of Units or shares of Class A Common Stock by such Member and its Affiliates.

 

“Prior Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“Pro Rata Ownership Interest” means, with respect to any Member, on any issuance date for New Securities, such Member’s percentage ownership of the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock (calculated on an as-exchanged basis assuming that all Units have been exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement) (“As-Exchanged Basis”) outstanding on such date immediately prior to the issuance of such New Securities.

 

“Pro Rata Portion” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.2(f).

 

“Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods” means the two, three, and four calendar month periods with respect to which Federal quarterly estimated tax payments are made.  The first such period begins on January 1 and ends on March 31.  The second such period begins on April 1 and ends on May 31.  The third such period begins on June 1 and ends on August 31.  The fourth such period begins on September 1 and ends on December 31.

 

“Registrable Securities” means shares of Class A Common Stock that may be delivered in exchange for Units and other shares of Class A Common Stock otherwise held by a Member from time to time.  For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities and such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence whenever such Person has the right to acquire such Registrable Securities (upon conversion, exchange or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right other than vesting), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder.  For purposes of this Agreement, as to any particular Member, Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when and to the extent that (i) such Registrable Securities (A) have been sold in a transaction registered under the Securities Act, (B) have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 or (C) in the case of any Registrable Securities that are not “restricted securities” for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, have been sold by a Person who is not an “affiliate” of Woodside Inc. for purposes of Rule 144 in reliance upon Section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act or (ii) such Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding (or issuable upon exchange).

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, effective on or about the Effective Time, among Woodside Inc. and the Holders (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

“Regulation” means a Treasury Regulation promulgated under the Code.

 

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(g).

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

10

 

“Schedule of Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Stockholders Agreements” means those certain Stockholders Agreements dated as of even date herewith by and among Woodside Inc. and the Oaktree Members and the Stonehill Member, respectively, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

“Stonehill Member” or “Stonehill Members” means, without duplication, (i) Stonehill Institutional Partners, L.P. and (ii) each Permitted Transferee, in each case for so long as such Person is (a) managed by Stonehill Capital Management LLC and (b) beneficially owns one or more Units; provided that, to the extent there is more than one Stonehill Member, any consents required hereunder shall be determined by holders of a majority of the Units held by all Stonehill Members.

 

“Substituted Member” means any Person admitted to the Company as a substituted Member pursuant to the provisions of Article 9.

 

“Tax Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

 

“Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

 

“Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.

 

“Tax Receivable Agreement” means the Tax Receivable Agreement, effective on or about the Effective Time, among the Company, Woodside Inc., and the Members (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

“Transfer,” “Transferee” and “Transferor” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 9.1.

 

“Unit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

 

“Void Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

 

“Withdrawing Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(d).

 

“Woodside Inc.” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Section 2.2                                    Rules of Interpretation.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires: (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; (b) “or” is not exclusive; (c) wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, feminine or neuter shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter; (d) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; (e) all references in this Agreement to “include” or “including” or similar expressions shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation”; (f) all references in this

 

11

 

Agreement to designated “Articles,” “Sections,” “paragraphs,” “clauses” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses and other subdivisions of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, paragraph, clause or other subdivision; and (g) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, document, statute or regulation herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein).  This Agreement is among financially sophisticated and knowledgeable parties and is entered into by the parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained herein and shall be interpreted and construed in a fair and impartial manner without regard to such factors as the party who prepared, or caused the preparation of, this Agreement or the relative bargaining power of the parties.

 

ARTICLE 3.   CAPITALIZATION

 

Section 3.1                                    Units; Initial Capitalization; Schedule of Members.

 

(a)                                 Each Member’s interest in the Company, including such Member’s interest, if any, in the capital, income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses of the Company, shall be represented by Units of limited liability company interest (each, a “Unit”).  As of the Effective Time, the Company shall have one authorized class of Units.  All Units shall have identical rights and privileges in all respects.  The Company shall have the authority to issue an unlimited number of Units.  Immediately following the IPO, the Company will issue Units to Woodside Inc. in exchange for a contribution of the net proceeds received by Woodside Inc. from the IPO (less any proceeds used to purchase Units from Members) to the Company, such that following the sale of Units by any Members and the issuance of Units by the Company the total number of Units held by Woodside Inc. will equal the total number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.  Following such purchase of Units by Woodside Inc. in connection with the IPO, Units shall only be issued to Woodside Inc. in accordance with Section 3.2(c) or Section 3.2(d).

 

(b)                                 The aggregate number of outstanding Units and the aggregate amount of cash Capital Contributions that have been made by the Members and the Fair Market Value of Capital Contributions in the form of any property other than cash contributed by the Members with respect to the Units (including, if applicable, a description and the amount of any liability assumed by the Company or to which contributed property is subject) shall be set forth on a schedule maintained by the Company.  The Company shall also maintain a schedule setting forth (i) the name and address of each Member, (ii) the number and class of Units owned by such Member, and (iii) with respect to each Transfer permitted under this Agreement, the date of such Transfer, the number of Units Transferred and the identity of the Transferor and Transferee(s) of such Units (such schedule, the “Schedule of Members”).  The Schedule of Members shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit or other Capital Stock of the Company and all relevant information with respect to each Member.  The Company shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units or other Capital Stock of the Company for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other

 

12

 

claim to or interest in Units or other Capital Stock of the Company on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act.

 

(c)                                  At the Effective Time, all of the Class 1 Units and Class 2 Units (each as defined in the Prior Agreement) held by each Member immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, at the Effective Time, be automatically reclassified into the number of Units of the Company set forth opposite such Member’s name on the Schedule of Members. Substantially concurrently with such reclassification and in connection therewith, the Company shall distribute to each Member (other than the Managing Member) a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to the number of Units held by such Member.

 

(d)                                 In the event of a dividend, split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of all or any class of Units of the Company, liquidation, spin-off, or other change in organizational structure affecting the Units (including any conversion of the Company to a corporation, whether by merger, filing of a certificate of conversion or otherwise), the number and class of Units shall be appropriately adjusted for the benefit of Members by the Managing Member.

 

Section 3.2                                    Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units.

 

(a)                                 The Managing Member is authorized to (i) create additional classes of Units, (ii) subdivide the Units of any such class into one or more series, (iii) fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the Units of each such class or series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and (iv) subject to Article 12, amend this Agreement to reflect such actions and the resulting designations, powers, and relative preferences and rights of all the classes and series thereafter authorized under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The authority of the Managing Member with respect to each such class and series created in accordance with this Section 3.2 shall include establishing the following:  (i) the number of Units or securities constituting that class or series and the distinctive designation thereof, (ii) whether or not the Units or securities of such class or series shall be redeemable, and if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable and the amount per Unit or security payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates, (iii) the rights and preferences of the Units or securities of that class or series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding—up of the Company, (iv) the relative rights of priority, if any, of allocations of income or loss or of payment with respect to Units or securities of that class or series and (v) any other relative rights, preferences and limitation of that class or series.

 

(c)                                  If, following the IPO, Woodside Inc. issues shares of Class A Common Stock (other than an issuance of the type covered by Section 3.2(d) or pursuant to the Exchange Agreement), Woodside Inc. shall promptly contribute to the Company all the net proceeds and property (if any) received by Woodside Inc. with respect to such Class A Common Stock.  Upon the contribution by Woodside Inc. to the Company of all (but not less than all) of such net proceeds and property (if any) so received by Woodside Inc., the Managing Member shall cause

 

13

 

the Company to issue a number of Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so issued, registered in the name of Woodside Inc., such that, at all times, the number of Units held by Woodside Inc. equals the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

(d)                                 At any time that Woodside Inc. issues one or more shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with an equity incentive program, whether such share or shares are issued upon exercise (including cashless exercise) of an option, settlement of a restricted stock unit, as restricted stock or otherwise, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to issue to Woodside Inc. an equal number of Units, registered in the name of Woodside Inc.; provided that Woodside Inc. shall be required to contribute all (but not less than all) the net proceeds and property (if any) received by Woodside Inc. from or otherwise in connection with such issuance of one or more shares of Class A Common Stock, including the exercise price of any option exercised, to the Company. If any such shares of Class A Common Stock so issued by Woodside Inc. in connection with an equity incentive program are subject to vesting or forfeiture provisions, then the Units that are issued by the Company to Woodside Inc. in connection therewith in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.2(d) shall be subject to vesting or forfeiture on the same basis; if any of such shares of Class A Common Stock vest or are forfeited, then an equal number of Units issued by the Company in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.2(d) shall automatically vest or be forfeited.  Any cash or property held by either Woodside Inc. or the Company or on either’s behalf in respect of dividends paid on restricted Class A Common Stock that fail to vest shall be returned to the Company upon the forfeiture of such restricted Class A Common Stock.

 

(e)                                  For purposes of this Section 3.2, “net proceeds” means gross proceeds to Woodside Inc. from the issuance of Class A Common Stock or other securities less any underwriting or similar discounts or commissions and all bona fide out-of-pocket expenses of Woodside Inc., the Company and their respective subsidiaries in connection with such issuance.

 

(f)                                   Each of Company and Woodside Inc. hereby grants to each Preemptive Rights Holder, the right to purchase, on any issuance date of New Securities, other than Excluded Securities, that the Company or Woodside Inc., respectively, may from time to time issue or sell to any other Person for cash or no consideration (“New Securities”), a number of New Securities in an amount such that such Preemptive Rights Holder, as applicable, Pro Rata Ownership Interest shall remain unaffected by the issuance of Units upon conversion, exchange or exercise of the New Securities (such Members’ “Pro Rata Portion”).

 

(i)                                     The Company or Woodside Inc., as applicable, shall give written notice (an “Issuance Notice”) of any proposed issuance or sale described in subsection (a) above to the Preemptive Rights Holders at least 15 Business Days prior to such issuance or sale.  The Issuance Notice shall, if applicable, be accompanied by a written offer from any prospective purchaser seeking to purchase New Securities and shall set forth the material terms and conditions of the proposed issuance, including (x) the number and description of the New Securities proposed to be issued and, in the case of the Company, the percentage of the Company’s outstanding Units such issuance would represent, or, in the case of Woodside Inc., the percentage of Woodside Inc.’s outstanding Equity Securities

 

14

 

(on an As-Exchanged and fully-diluted basis) such issuance would represent; (y) the proposed issuance date; and (z) the proposed purchase price per New Security.

 

(ii)                                  Each of the Preemptive Rights Holders shall for a period of 15 Business Days following the receipt of an Issuance Notice (the “Exercise Period”) have the right to elect irrevocably to purchase its Pro Rata Portion of the New Securities at the purchase price set forth in the Issuance Notice (or such other purchase price agreed between the Member and the Company or Woodside Inc., as applicable) by delivering a written notice to the Company or Woodside Inc., as applicable.  The closing of any purchase of New Securities pursuant to this Section 3.2 by any of the Preemptive Rights Holders shall be consummated concurrently with the consummation of the issuance or sale described in the Issuance Notice.

 

(iii)                               Upon the issuance or sale of any New Securities in accordance with this Section 3.2, the Company or Woodside Inc., as applicable, shall deliver certificates (if any) evidencing the New Securities, which New Securities shall be issued free and clear of any liens (other than those arising hereunder and those attributable to the actions of the purchasers thereof), and the Company or Woodside Inc., as applicable, shall so represent and warrant to the purchasers thereof, and further represent and warrant to such purchasers that such New Securities shall be, upon issuance thereof and after payment therefor, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  Each Preemptive Rights Holder shall deliver to the Company or Woodside Inc., as applicable, the purchase price for the New Securities purchased by it by certified or bank check or wire transfer of immediately available funds.  Each party to the purchase and sale of New Securities shall take all such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to consummate the purchase and sale, including, without limitation, entering into such additional agreements as may be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 3.3                                    Repurchase or Redemption of Class A Common Stock.  If, at any time, any shares of Class A Common Stock are repurchased or redeemed (whether by exercise of a put or call, pursuant to an open market purchase, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by Woodside Inc. for cash or other consideration and subsequently cancelled, then the Managing Member shall cause the Company, immediately prior to such repurchase or redemption of Class A Common Stock, to redeem an equal number of Units held by Woodside Inc., at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase or redemption price of the Class A Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by Woodside Inc. (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the Class A Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by Woodside Inc.

 

Section 3.4                                    Changes in Class A Common Stock.  Any subdivision (by stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of Class A Common Stock shall be accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of Units.

 

15

 

Section 3.5                                    Non-Certification of Units; Units Are Securities.

 

(a)                                 Unless the Managing Member determines otherwise, Units shall be issued in non-certificated form.  In the event that any Unit certificate is issued, such certificate shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

 

This certificate evidences Units representing an interest in Woodside Homes Company, LLC and shall be a security within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

The interest in Woodside Homes Company, LLC represented by this certificate is subject to restrictions on transfer set forth in that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Woodside Homes Company, LLC, dated as of [                   ], 2014, by and among the members from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

(b)                                 All Units will be “securities” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(15) and as provided by Section 8-103(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware or analogous provisions in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 3.6                                    Capital Contributions.  Except as expressly provided in Section 3.2(c) and Section 3.2(d) with respect to the Managing Member, no Member shall be required to make any Capital Contributions without such Member’s consent.

 

Section 3.7                                    No Interest on Capital Contributions.  No Member shall be entitled to interest on or with respect to any Capital Contribution.

 

Section 3.8                                    Withdrawal and Return of Capital Contributions.  Except as provided in this Agreement, no Member shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Member’s Capital Contribution or to receive distributions from the Company.

 

Section 3.9                                    Withdrawal of Funds or Loans.

 

(a)                                 No Member shall be permitted to make a loan to the Company without the prior written approval of the Managing Member.  Any loan made by a Member to the Company shall not be considered a Capital Contribution, shall not result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Member, and the amounts of any such loan shall be returned to the Member in accordance with the terms of such loan.

 

(b)                                 Without the prior written approval of the Managing Member, no Member shall be entitled to borrow or withdraw any amount from the Company.

 

Section 3.10                             Capital Accounts.

 

(a)                                 A separate Capital Account shall be maintained for each Member on the books of the Company, and adjustments to such Capital Accounts shall be made as follows:

 

16

 

(i)                                     A Member’s Capital Account shall be credited with any amounts of cash contributed by the Member to the Company, the Fair Market Value of any other property contributed to the Company (net of liabilities secured by the property that the Company is considered to assume or take subject to under Code section 752), the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by the Member (other than liabilities that are secured by any Company property distributed to such Member), and the Member’s allocable share of any Net Income and items of income or gain allocated to that Member; and

 

(ii)                                  A Member’s Capital Account shall be debited with the amount of cash distributed to the Member, the Fair Market Value of other Company property distributed to the Member (net of liabilities secured by such property that the Member is considered to assume or take subject to under Code section 752), the amount of any liabilities of the Member assumed by the Company (other than liabilities that are secured by property contributed by such Members), and the Member’s allocable share of Net Losses and items of loss, expense, or deduction allocated to that Member.

 

(b)                                 The foregoing provisions of this Section 3.10 and Sections 4.1 through 4.2 are intended to comply with section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.  If the Managing Member, with the advice of the Company’s tax advisors, shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts are computed in order to comply with section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Regulations, the Managing Member may make such modification; provided that the Members are notified in writing of such modification prior to its effective date; provided, further, that the Managing Member shall have no liability to any Member for any exercise of or failure to exercise any such discretion to make any modifications permitted under this Section 3.10.

 

ARTICLE 4.  ALLOCATION OF NET INCOME AND NET LOSS

 

Section 4.1                                    Allocations of Net Income and Net Losses.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2, Net Income and Net Losses (and items thereof) for any Fiscal Year (or other applicable period) shall be allocated among the Members in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Member, immediately after giving effect to such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to the amount of the distributions that would be made to such Member during such Fiscal Year (or other applicable period) pursuant to Section 5.1, based on the assumptions that (i) the Company is dissolved and terminated, (ii) its affairs are wound-up and each asset of the Company is sold for cash equal to its Fair Market Value, (iii) all Company liabilities are satisfied (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the book value of the asset(s) securing such liability), and (iv) the net assets of the Company are distributed in accordance with Section 5.1 to the Members immediately after giving effect to such allocation (taking into account distributions made during such Fiscal Year or other applicable period).

 

Section 4.2                                    Special Allocations.

 

(a)                                 Losses, deduction and expenditures attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated in the manner required by Regulations section 1.704-2(i).  If there is a net decrease during a taxable year in Member Minimum Gain, income and gain for such taxable year

 

17

 

(and, if necessary, for subsequent taxable years) shall be allocated to the Members in the amounts and of such character as is determined according to Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4).  This Section 4.2(a) is intended to be a “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback” provision that complies with the requirements of Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

(b)                                 Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2(a), if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Member shall be allocated income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, for subsequent taxable years) in the amounts and of such character as is determined according to Regulations section 1.704-2(f).  This Section 4.2(b) is intended to be a “minimum gain chargeback” provision that complies with the requirements of Regulations section 1.704-2(f), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

(c)                                  If any Member that unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) has a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account as of the end of any taxable year, computed after the application of Section 4.2(a) and Section 4.2(b) but before the application of any other provision of Section 4.1, Section 4.2 and Section 4.3, then income for such taxable years shall be allocated to such Member in proportion to, and to the extent of, such deficit balance.  This Section 4.2(c) is intended to be a “qualified income offset” provision as described in Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

(d)                                 “Nonrecourse deductions” (as defined in Regulation sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and (c)) shall be allocated among the Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

 

(e)                                  No Net Loss (or items thereof) shall be allocated to a Member to the extent such allocation would cause or increase a deficit balance in the Adjusted Capital Account of such Member.  Instead, such Net Loss (and items thereof) shall be allocated among the other Members that have positive account balances in the same ratios that such other Members are allocated Net Loss for such year under Section 4.1 until all such positive balances have been reduced to zero.

 

(f)                                   The adjustments described in clause (d) of the definition of Gross Asset Value shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the manner that the adjustments to the Capital Accounts are required to be made pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m).

 

(g)                                  The allocations set forth in Section 4.2(a) through Section 4.2(f) inclusive (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of section 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Regulations. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Members intend to allocate Net Income and Net Loss of the Company or to make Distributions.  Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of Section 4.1, Section 4.2 and Section 4.3, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, items of Net Income and Net Loss of the Company shall be allocated among the Members so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby cause the respective Capital Account balances of the Members to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if Net Income and Net Loss had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory

 

18

 

Allocations.  In general, the Members anticipate that this shall be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Income and Net Loss among the Members so that the net amount of Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Member is zero.

 

Section 4.3                                    Allocations for Income Tax Purposes.  The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Company for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the Members in the same manner as Net Income and Net Loss were allocated to the Members for such Fiscal Year pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2; provided, however, that solely for Federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and not for book or Capital Account purposes, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any Company asset properly carried on the Company’s books at a value other than the tax basis of such Company asset shall be allocated for Federal, state and local income tax purposes in a manner determined in the discretion of the Managing Member, so as to take into account (consistently with Code section 704(c) principles) the difference between such Company asset’s book basis and its tax basis.

 

Section 4.4                                    Tax Withholding.  To the extent the Company is required by applicable law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Member (“Tax Advances”), the Managing Member is hereby authorized to withhold such amounts and make such tax payments as so required.  All amounts withheld pursuant to applicable law with respect to any Member (and not paid to the Company by such Member pursuant to the immediately following sentence) shall be treated as distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.4, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member, for all purposes of this Agreement and shall reduce amounts such Member would otherwise be entitled to receive under Section 5.1 or Section 5.4, as applicable. To the extent that at any time any such withheld amounts exceeds the distributions that such Member would have received but for such withholding, such Member shall, upon demand by the Company, as determined by the Managing Member, promptly pay to the Company the amount of such excess.  Each Member hereby agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other Members from and against any liability (including any liability for taxes, penalties, additions to tax or interest) with respect to income attributable to or distributions or other payments to such Member.

 

Section 4.5                                    Allocations to Transferred Interests.  If any Units in the Company are Transferred, increased or decreased during a Fiscal Year, all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Company for such Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Members to take into account their varying interests during the Fiscal Year in any manner approved by the Managing Member, as then permitted by the Code.

 

ARTICLE 5.  DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1                                    Distributions.  Distributions shall be made to the Members, as and when determined by the Managing Member, pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

 

Section 5.2                                    Successors.  For purposes of determining the amount of Distributions, each Member shall be treated as having made the Capital Contributions and as

 

19

 

having received the Distributions made to or received by its predecessors in respect of any of such Member’s Units.

 

Section 5.3                                    Distributions In-Kind.  To the extent that the Company distributes property in-kind to the Members, the Company shall be treated as making a Distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property for purposes of Section 5.1 and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value.  Any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts in accordance with Article 4.

 

Section 5.4                                    Tax Distributions.

 

(a)                                 Subject to the limitations set forth in any indenture or other credit, or other financing and warehousing or similar agreement governing indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company, no later than the tenth (10th) day following the end of each Quarterly Estimated Tax Period of each calendar year, the Company shall, to the extent of available cash of the Company, make a distribution in cash (each, a “Tax Distribution”), pro rata in accordance with the Percentage Interests in effect with respect to such Quarterly Estimated Tax Period, in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the product of (x) the taxable income of the Company attributable to such Quarterly Estimated Tax Period and all prior Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods in such Fiscal Year, based upon (I) the information returns filed by the Company, as amended or adjusted to date, and (II) estimated amounts, in the case of periods for which the Company has not yet filed information returns, multiplied by (y) the Assumed Tax Rate, over (ii) distributions made by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.4 with respect to such Fiscal Year.  The Managing Member shall use conventions similar to those adopted pursuant to Section 4.5 to determine the Percentage Interests of the Members with respect to a Quarterly Estimated Tax Period for purposes of applying this Section 5.4. For purposes of the computations required by clause (i)(x) above, the taxable income of the Company shall be determined by disregarding any adjustment to the taxable income of any Member that arises under Code section 743(b) and is attributable to the acquisition by such Member of an interest in the Company in a transaction described in Code section 743(a).  For the avoidance of doubt, Tax Distributions shall be made pro rata to all Members in respect to the Units that they hold.

 

(b)                                 Tax Distributions pursuant to this Section 5.4, if any, shall be made in respect of a Quarterly Estimated Tax Period only to the extent that all previous distributions from the Company in respect of the applicable Fiscal Year (as reasonably determined by the Managing Member) to such Member are less than the Tax Distributions that such Member would otherwise be entitled to receive for such Quarterly Estimated Tax Period and all prior Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods during such Fiscal Year pursuant to this Section 5.4.

 

ARTICLE 6.  BOOKS OF ACCOUNT, RECORDS
 AND REPORTS, FISCAL YEAR, TAX MATTERS

 

Section 6.1                                    Books and Records.  Proper and complete records and books of account shall be kept by the Company in which shall be entered fully and accurately all transactions and other matters relative to the Company’s business as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of a like character,

 

20

 

including the Capital Account established for each Member.  The Company’s books and records shall be kept in a manner determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion to be most beneficial for the Company.  The books and records shall at all times be maintained at the principal office of the Company and shall be open to the inspection and examination of the Members or their duly authorized representatives for a proper purpose as set forth in Section 18-305 of the Act during reasonable business hours and at the sole cost and expense of the inspecting or examining Member.

 

Section 6.2                                    Annual Reports.  The Company shall prepare or cause to be prepared all Federal, state and local tax returns that the Company is required to file.  The Company shall use its best efforts to send to each Person who was a Member at any time during each Fiscal Year a copy of Schedule K-1 to Internal Revenue Service Form 1065 (or any successor form) indicating such Member’s share of the Company’s income, loss, gain, expense and other items relevant for Federal income tax purposes and corresponding analogous state and local tax forms within ninety (90) days after the end of such Fiscal Year.

 

Section 6.3                                    Tax Elections.  The Company shall make on the first U.S. federal income tax return due after the date hereof, and keep in effect, a valid election under Code section 754.  The Managing Member shall have the authority to make any and all other tax elections and other decisions relating to tax matters for Federal, state and local purposes.

 

Section 6.4                                    Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) shall be the calendar year; provided, however, that the last Fiscal Year of the Company shall end on the date on which the Company is terminated.

 

Section 6.5                                    Tax Matters Partner.  For purposes of Code section 6231(a)(7), the Company and each Member hereby designate Woodside Inc. as the “Tax Matters Partner.”  The Managing Member may remove or replace the Tax Matters Partner at any time and from time to time.  The Tax Matters Partner is specifically directed and authorized to take whatever steps may be necessary or desirable to perfect such designation, including filing any forms or documents with the Internal Revenue Service and taking such other action as may from time to time be required under the Regulations.  The Company shall indemnify and reimburse, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Tax Matters Partner for all expenses (including legal and accounting fees) incurred as Tax Matters Partner while acting in good faith pursuant to this Section 6.5.

 

ARTICLE 7.  POWERS, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBERS

 

Section 7.1                                    Limitations.  Other than as set forth in this Agreement, the Members shall not participate in the management or control of the Company’s business nor shall they transact any business for the Company, nor shall they have the power to act for or bind the Company, said powers being vested solely and exclusively in the Managing Member.  The Managing Member shall constitute the “Manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Act.  The Members shall have no interest in the properties or assets of the Managing Member, or any equity therein, or in any proceeds of any sales thereof (which sales shall not be restricted in any respect), by virtue of acquiring or owning an Interest in the Company.

 

21

 

Section 7.2                                    Liability.  Subject to the provisions of the Act, no Member shall be liable for the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of any Company liabilities in excess of the balance of such Member’s Capital Account.  No Member shall be personally liable for the return of any portion of the Capital Contributions (or any return thereon) of any other Member.

 

Section 7.3                                    Priority.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Member shall have priority over any other Member as to Company allocations or distributions.

 

Section 7.4                                    Member Standard of Care.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Member other than the Managing Member, but solely in its capacity as Managing Member, shall have any fiduciary duties to the Company or to any other Member.  To the extent that any Member has any liabilities or duties at law or in equity, including fiduciary duties or other standards of care, more expansive than those set forth in this Section 7.4, such liabilities and duties are hereby modified to the extent permitted under the Act to those set forth in this Section 7.4.

 

ARTICLE 8.  MANAGEMENT

 

Section 8.1                                    The Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties.

 

(a)                                 Authority of Managing Member.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the Managing Member.  Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.1(a) and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Managing Member shall have the sole power to manage or cause the management of the Company, including, without limitation, the power and authority to effectuate the sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including, but not limited to, the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Company) or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity.

 

(b)                                 Other Members.  No Member who is not also a Managing Member, in his or her or its capacity as such, shall participate in or have any control over the business of the Company. Except as expressly provided herein, the Units, other Capital Stock in the Company, or the fact of a Member’s admission as a member of the Company do not confer any rights upon the Members to participate in the management of the affairs of the Company.  Except as expressly provided herein, no Member other than the Managing Member shall have any right to approve or otherwise consent to any matter involving the Company, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Company, or any other matter that a Member might otherwise have the ability to vote or consent with respect to under the Act, at law, in equity or otherwise.  The conduct, control and management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Managing Member.  In all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Company, the decision of the Managing Member shall be the decision of the Company.  Except as required by law or by separate agreement with the Company, no Member who is not also a Managing Member (and acting in such capacity) shall take any part in the

 

22

 

management or control of the operation or business of the Company in its capacity as a Member, nor shall any Member who is not also a Managing Member (and acting in such capacity) have any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Company in his or her or its capacity as a Member in any respect or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Company or of any other Member.

 

(c)                                  Delegation by Managing Member.  The Managing Member shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other Persons the Managing Member’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents and employees of the Member or the Company, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other Persons.  The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Member or Officer of the Company or the Managing Member) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.

 

Section 8.2                                    Officers.

 

(a)                                 Designation and Appointment.  The Managing Member may, from time to time, employ and retain Persons as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business, including employees, agents and other Persons (any of whom may be a Member) who may be designated as officers of the Company (each, an “Officer” and, collectively, “Officers”), with such titles as and to the extent authorized by the Managing Member.  Any number of offices may be held by the same Person.  In its discretion, the Managing Member may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.  Officers need not be residents of the State of Delaware or Members.  Any Officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Managing Member may from time to time delegate to them.  The Managing Member may assign titles to particular Officers.  Each Officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.  The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the Officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Managing Member.  Designation of an Officer shall not of itself create any contractual or employment rights.

 

(b)                                 Resignation and Removal.  Any Officer may resign as such at any time.  Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by the Managing Member.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.  Any Officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause at any time by the Managing Member.

 

Section 8.3                                    Duties of Officers.  The Officers, in the performance of their duties as such, shall owe to the Company duties of loyalty and due care of the type owed by officers of a Delaware corporation pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 8.4                                    Existence and Good Standing.  The Managing Member may take all action which may be necessary or appropriate (i) for the continuation of the Company’s valid existence as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware (and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to enable the Company to conduct the

 

23

 

business in which it is engaged) and (ii) for the maintenance, preservation and operation of the business of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable laws and regulations.  The Managing Member may file or cause to be filed for recordation in the office of the appropriate authorities of the State of Delaware, and in the proper office or offices in each other jurisdiction in which the Company is formed or qualified, such certificates (including certificates of limited liability companies and fictitious name certificates) and other documents as are required by the applicable statutes, rules or regulations of any such jurisdiction or as are required to reflect the identity of the Members and the amounts of their respective capital contributions.

 

Section 8.5                                    Investment Company Act.  The Managing Member shall use its best efforts to assure that the Company shall not be subject to registration as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Section 8.6                                    Indemnification of the Managing Member, Officers and Agents.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Managing Member and its Affiliates, and the former and current officers, agents and employees of the Company, the Managing Member and each such Affiliate (each, an “Indemnified Party”), from and against any loss, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by them, by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of their activities on behalf of the Company or in furtherance of the interests of the Company, including any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim if the acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions upon which such actual or threatened action, proceeding or claims are based were not a result of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Indemnified Party.  Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 8.6 shall only be from the assets of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Party in a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided that if an Indemnified Party is advanced such expenses and it is later determined that such Indemnified Party was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such action, suit or proceeding, then such Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Company for such advances.

 

(c)                                  No amendment, modification or deletion of this Section 8.6 shall apply to or have any effect on the right of any Indemnified Party to indemnification for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such Indemnified Party occurring prior to such amendment, modification or deletion.

 

Section 8.7                                    Devotion of Time; Fiduciary Duties; Company Opportunities; Other Activities.  Each Member (excluding the Managing Member) (a) is not obligated to devote any or all of its time or business efforts to the affairs of the Company, (b) shall devote only whatever time, effort and skill as it deems appropriate for the management and operation of the Company, (c) is free to own interests in other businesses and undertakings and to pursue and engage in other investments, activities and opportunities (collectively, “Other Interests”) and (d) is fully aware that the other Members (excluding the Managing Member) are, and in the

 

24

 

future may be, engaged in and conduct Other Interests that are directly or indirectly in competition with the Company or with each other.  No Member (excluding the Managing Member) or any Affiliate thereof will have any obligation to offer the Company or any other Member any Other Interests or the right to participate therein.  None of the Company or the Members will have any right in any Other Interests in which any other Member or any of their Affiliates engages outside of the Company by virtue of the relationship contemplated by this Agreement, and no Member (excluding the Managing Member) or any Affiliate thereof shall be required to disclose to the other Members or the Company the existence or nature of any such Other Interests.  No Member (excluding the Managing Member) shall owe any fiduciary duties to the Company or any Member or any of their respective Affiliates in connection with the Company, and each Member (excluding the Managing Member) shall be entitled to consider only the interests of such Member in connection with any decision or action brought before such Member in his, her or its capacity as a Member and shall have no duty or obligation to consider any other interests or factors affecting the Company or any other Member or any of their respective Affiliates.  Each Member and the Company waives any conflict of interest related to such Other Interests and the other matters described in this Section 8.7.

 

Section 8.8                                    Investment Representations of Members.  Each Member hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company that: (a) such Member has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company and is making an informed investment decision with respect thereto; (b) such Member is acquiring interests in the Company for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution to the public or public offering thereof; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by such Member.

 

Section 8.9                                    Certain Costs and Expenses.  The Company shall (i) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company and (ii) to the extent that such payments may be made in compliance with the terms of the agreements governing the Company’s debt obligations and applicable law, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Managing Member for (A) all costs, fees or expenses incurred by the Managing Member in connection with the IPO, other than the payment obligations of the Managing Member under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the income, franchise (except as provided in this Section 8.9) or similar tax obligations of the Managing Member, and (B) all costs, fees or expenses incurred by the Managing Member in connection with serving as the Managing Member.  To the extent that the Managing Member determines in good faith that such expenses are related to the business and affairs of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including expenses that relate to the business and affairs of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and that also relate to other activities of the Managing Member), the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear all expenses of the Managing Member, including costs of securities offerings not borne directly by Members, compensation and meeting costs of the board of directors of the Managing Member, costs relating to periodic reports to stockholders of the Managing Member, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs incurred by the Managing Member and franchise taxes arising from the existing or business activities of the Managing Member, 

 

25

 

provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income or similar tax obligations of the Managing Member.

 

ARTICLE 9.  TRANSFERS OF INTEREST BY MEMBERS

 

Section 9.1                                    Restrictions on Transfers of Interests by Members.  No Member may sell, assign, pledge or in any manner dispose of or create or suffer the creation of a security interest in or any encumbrance on all or a portion of its Interest in the Company (the commission of any such act being referred to as a “Transfer,” any person who effects a Transfer being referred to as a “Transferor” and any person to whom a Transfer is effected being referred to as a “Transferee”) except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 9.  No Transfer of an Interest in the Company shall be effective until such time as all requirements of this Article 9 in respect thereof have been satisfied and, if consents, approvals or waivers are required by the Managing Member, all of the same shall have been confirmed in writing by the Managing Member.  Any Transfer or purported Transfer of an Interest in the Company not made in accordance with this Agreement (a “Void Transfer”) shall be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever.  Any amounts otherwise distributable under Article 5 or Article 10 in respect of an Interest in the Company that has been the subject of a Void Transfer may be withheld by the Company until the Void Transfer has been rescinded, whereupon the amount withheld (after reduction by any damages suffered by the Company attributable to such Void Transfer) shall be distributed without interest.

 

Section 9.2                                    Transfer of Interest of Members.

 

(a)                                 A Member may not Transfer all or any portion of its Interest in the Company to any Person without the consent of the Managing Member (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that, subject to Section 9.3, a Member may, without the consent of the Managing Member or any other Member, Transfer all or a portion of its Interest in the Company (i) to one or more of its Permitted Transferees or (ii) pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.  The Managing Member may not Transfer all or any portion of its Interest in the Company to any Person without the consent of the Oaktree Member, so long as the Oaktree Member owns at least 10% of the then outstanding Units, and the Stonehill Member, so long as the Stonehill Member owns at least 10% of the then outstanding Units, other than in connection with a change of control transaction with respect to which all of the Units held by Members (other than the Managing Member) are exchanged pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The Transferee of a Member’s Interest in the Company may be admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member upon the prior written consent of the Managing Member (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  Unless a Transferee of a Member’s Interest in the Company is admitted as a Substituted Member under this Section 9.2(b), it shall have none of the powers of a Member hereunder and shall have only such rights of an assignee under the Act as are consistent with this Agreement.  No Transferee of a Member’s Interest shall become a Substituted Member unless such Transfer shall be made in compliance with Sections 9.2(a) and 9.3.

 

26

 

(c)                                  Upon the Transfer of the entire Interest in the Company of a Member and effective upon the admission of its Transferee as a Member, the Transferor shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Company as a Member.

 

(d)                                 Upon the death, dissolution, resignation or withdrawal in contravention of Section 10.1, or the bankruptcy of a Member (the “Withdrawing Member”), the Company shall have the right to treat such Member’s successor(s)-in-interest as assignee(s) of such Member’s Interest in the Company, with none of the powers of a Member hereunder and with only such rights of an assignee under the Act as are consistent with this Agreement.  For purposes of this Section 9.2(d), if a Withdrawing Member’s Interest in the Company is held by more than one Person (for purposes of this clause (d), the “Assignees”), the Assignees shall appoint one Person with full authority to accept notices and distributions with respect to such Interest in the Company on behalf of the Assignees and to bind them with respect to all matters in connection with the Company or this Agreement.

 

(e)                                  Upon request of the Company, each Member agrees to provide to the Company information regarding its adjusted tax basis in its Interests along with documentation substantiating such amount, and any other information, documentation and certification necessary for the Company to comply with Code section 743 and the Regulations thereunder.

 

(f)                                   The Company shall reflect each Transfer and admission of a Member authorized under this Article 9 by amending the Schedule of Members maintained pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

(g)                                  To the extent that any Units are Transferred in accordance with this Article 9 by any Member (other than the Managing Member), the Transferor shall Transfer to the Transferee an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock.  No Member (other than the Managing Member) shall Transfer any such shares except to a Transferee of an equal number of Units pursuant to a Transfer made in accordance with this Article 9.

 

Section 9.3                                    Further Requirements.  In addition to the other requirements of Section 9.2, and unless waived in whole or in part by the Managing Member, no Transfer of all or any portion of an Interest in the Company may be made unless the following conditions are met:

 

(a)                                 The Transferor or Transferee shall have paid all reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and the cost of the preparation, filing and publishing of any joinder or amendment to this Agreement or the Certificate, incurred by the Company in connection with the Transfer;

 

(b)                                 The Transferor shall have delivered to the Company a fully executed copy of all documents relating to the Transfer, executed by both the Transferor and the Transferee, and the agreement of the Transferee in writing and otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Managing Member to:

 

(i)                                     be bound by the terms imposed upon such Transfer by the terms of this Agreement; and

 

27

 

(ii)                                  assume all obligations of the Transferor under this Agreement relating to the Interest in the Company that is the subject of such Transfer;

 

(c)                                  The Managing Member shall have been reasonably satisfied, including, at its option, having received an opinion of counsel to the Company reasonably acceptable to the Managing Member, that:

 

(i)                                     the Transfer will not cause the Company to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes;

 

(ii)                                  the Transfer will not cause the Company to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Code section 7704;

 

(iii)                               any such Transfer that does not constitute an exchange pursuant to the Exchange Agreement will not cause a termination of the Company under Code Section 708; and

 

(iv)                              the Transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act or any rules or regulations thereunder.

 

Any waivers from the Managing Member under this Section 9.3 shall be given or denied as reasonably determined by the Managing Member.

 

Section 9.4                                    Mandatory Exchange.

 

(a)                                 The Managing Member may require all Members (other than the Managing Member) to exchange all Units and shares of Class B Common Stock held by them subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Agreement or, if any such Member is not a party to the Exchange Agreement, on terms substantially similar to the Exchange Agreement, at any time that all of the Members (other than the Managing Member) hold in the aggregate a number of outstanding Units that is less than five percent (5%) of the number of Post-IPO Units.

 

(b)                                 The Managing Member may require any Member that, together with its affiliates, holds a number of outstanding Units less than one percent (1%) of the number of Post-IPO Units to exchange all such Units and shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Member subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Agreement or, if such Member is not party to the Exchange Agreement, on terms substantially similar to the Exchange Agreement.

 

(c)                                  The Managing Member may require all Members (other than the Managing Member) holding Units to exchange all such Units and shares of Class B Common Stock held by them subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Agreement or, if such Member is not a party to the Exchange Agreement, on terms substantially similar to the Exchange Agreement, in connection with a Change of Control.

 

Section 9.5                                    Consequences of Transfers Generally.

 

(a)                                 In the event of any Transfer or Transfers permitted under this Article 9, the Transferor and the Interest in the Company that is the subject of such Transfer shall remain

 

28

 

subject to this Agreement, and the Transferee shall hold such Interest in the Company subject to all unperformed obligations of the Transferor.  Any successor or Transferee hereunder shall be subject to and bound by this Agreement as if originally a party to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Unless a Transferee of a Member’s Interest becomes a Substituted Member, such Transferee shall have no right to obtain or require any information or account of Company transactions, or to inspect the Company’s books or to exercise any rights of approval reserved only to admitted Members of the Company with respect to Company matters.  Such a Transfer shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 9.1, merely entitle the Transferee to receive the share of distributions, Net Income, Net Loss and items of income, gain, deduction and loss to which the Transferor otherwise would have been entitled.  Each Member agrees that such Member will, upon request of the Managing Member, execute such certificates or other documents and perform such acts as the Managing Member deems appropriate after a Transfer of such Member’s Interest in the Company (whether or not the Transferee becomes a Substituted Member) to preserve the limited liability of the Members under the laws of the jurisdictions in which the Company is doing business.

 

(c)                                  The Transfer of a Member’s Interest in the Company and the admission of a Substituted Member shall not be cause for dissolution of the Company.

 

Section 9.6                                    Capital Account; Percentage Interest.  Any Transferee of a Member under this Article 9 shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 9.1, succeed to the portion of the Capital Account and Percentage Interest so Transferred to such Transferee.

 

Section 9.7                                    Additional Filings.  Upon the admission of a Substituted Member under Section 9.2, the Company shall cause to be executed, filed and recorded with the appropriate governmental agencies such documents (including amendments to this Agreement) as are required to accomplish such substitution.

 

Section 9.8                                    Registration Rights.

 

(a)                                 At any time that Woodside Inc. proposes or is obligated to register any shares of Class A Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a registration statement filed by Woodside Inc. on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or other form promulgated for similar purposes or filed solely in connection with an exchange offer or a merger or consolidation or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan), including registrations pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not for sale for its own account, Woodside Inc. will give written notice to each holder of Registrable Securities other than the holders of Other Registration Rights (the “Piggyback Rights Holders”) at least 15 days prior to the initial filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the intent of Woodside Inc. to file such registration statement and of such holder’s rights under this Section 9.8.  At any time that Woodside Inc. is eligible to file a registration statement in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (a “Shelf Registration Statement”), including if Woodside Inc. is at any time a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), an automatic shelf registration statement covering such Registrable Securities, Woodside Inc. will give written notice to Piggyback Rights Holders at

 

29

 

least 7 days prior to the initial filing of such Shelf Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the intent of Woodside Inc. to file such Shelf Registration Statement and of such holder’s rights under this Section 9.8. Upon the written request of any Piggyback Rights Holder made within 10 days after any such notice is given (or within 5 days after any such notice is given with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement) (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Piggyback Rights Holders), Woodside Inc. will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration (an “Incidental Registration”) under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which Woodside Inc. has been so requested to register by the holders thereof; provided, however, that if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such Incidental Registration, Woodside Inc. shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such securities, Woodside Inc. may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to register, Woodside Inc. shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities under this Section 9.8 in connection with such registration, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registration, Woodside Inc. shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities under this Section 9.8 during the period that the registration of such other securities is delayed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Woodside Inc. is obligated to file an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement at the request of a holder of Other Registration Rights and such holder has notified Woodside Inc. that it wishes to engage in a Block Sale off of such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement in connection with its filing, then notwithstanding the foregoing no holder of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to receive any notice of or have its Registrable Securities included in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(b)                                 If the Company files a Shelf Takedown Prospectus Supplement (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) in connection with any underwritten offering, the Company shall give written notice to each Piggyback Rights Holder who has elected to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement that will be supplemented by such Shelf Takedown Prospectus Supplement informing such Piggyback Rights Holder of the Company’s intent to file such Shelf Takedown Prospectus Supplement and of such Piggyback Rights Holder’s right to request the addition of such Piggyback Rights Holder’s Registrable Securities to such Shelf Takedown Prospectus Supplement.  The Company shall, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.8, include in such Shelf Takedown Prospectus Supplement all Registrable Securities of each such Piggyback Rights Holder with respect to which the Company receives a written request for inclusion therein within three (3) Business Days after the notice contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence is given to the Piggyback Rights Holders.

 

(c)                                  If the sole or managing underwriter of a registration advises Woodside Inc. in writing that in its opinion the number of Registrable Securities and other securities requested to be included in any registration or takedown initiated by Woodside Inc. exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the securities being offered, the price that will be paid in such offering or the marketability thereof, Woodside Inc. will include in such registration the Registrable Securities and other securities of Woodside Inc. in the following order of priority:

 

30

 

(i)                                     first, the greatest number of securities that Woodside Inc. has proposed to include in such registration for its own account; and

 

(ii)                                  second, after all securities that Woodside Inc. proposes to register for its own account have been included, the greatest amount of Registrable Securities and securities having Other Registration Rights that are pari passu with Registrable Securities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the parties to the Registration Rights Agreement), in each case requested to be registered by the holders thereof, pro rata among the Piggyback Rights Holders and holders of securities subject to such Other Registration Rights based on the respective amounts of Registrable Securities and securities subject to such Other Registration Rights held by each such holder.

 

(d)                                 If the sole or managing underwriter of a registration advises Woodside Inc. in writing that in its opinion the number of Registrable Securities and other securities requested to be included in any Demand Registration or Marketed Underwritten Offering proposed to be sold pursuant to a Shelf Takedown Prospectus Supplement (as each such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the securities being offered, the price that will be paid in such offering or the marketability thereof, Woodside Inc. will include in such registration the Registrable Securities and other securities of Woodside Inc. in the following order of priority:

 

(i)                                     first, as applicable, to the holder of securities having Other Registration Rights pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or among holders of securities having Other Registration Rights pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement pro rata on the basis of the percentage of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder relative to the number of Registrable Securities owned by all such holders until, with respect to each such holder, all Registrable Securities requested for registration by such holders have been included in such registration;

 

(ii)                                  second, among the Piggyback Rights Holders requesting to participate in such registration, if any, pro rata on the basis of the percentage of Registrable Securities owned by each such Piggyback Rights Holder relative to the number of Registrable Securities owned by all such Piggyback Rights Holders until, with respect to each such Piggyback Rights Holder, all Registrable Securities requested for registration by such Piggyback Rights Holders have been included in such registration; and

 

(iii)                               third, the securities for which inclusion in such registration was requested by the Company, if any.

 

(e)                                  Upon delivering a request under this Section 9.8, a Piggyback Rights Holder will, if requested by Woodside Inc., execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Woodside Inc. with respect to such Piggyback Rights Holder’s securities to be registered pursuant to this Section 9.8 (a “Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney”). The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Piggyback Rights Holder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates

 

31

 

representing such securities (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank), if applicable, and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on such Piggyback Rights Holder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein. Such Member also agrees to execute such other agreements as Woodside Inc. may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 9.8.

 

(f)                                   (i) Each Member agrees that, in connection with the IPO (whether or not such Member is participating in such registration but other than in connection with a Block Sale), to the extent requested by Woodside Inc. or the managing underwriter or underwriters with respect to such offering, such Member will not take (except as part of such offering, including any purchase of Units by Woodside Inc. with the proceeds of such offering) any of the following actions with respect to any securities being registered or any securities convertible or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (collectively, “Lock-Up Securities”) during the period beginning ten days prior to and ending up to 180 days after the effective date of such registration (or such shorter period as to which the managing underwriter or underwriters may agree) (the “IPO Holdback Period”) and (ii) each Piggyback Rights Holder agrees that, in connection with any underwritten public offering subsequent to the IPO made pursuant to a registration statement (whether or not such Piggyback Rights Holder is participating in such registration), to the extent that a Principal Investor (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is subject to a Follow-On Holdback Period (as defined below), such Piggyback Rights Holder will not take (except as part of such offering, including any purchase of Units by Woodside Inc. with the proceeds of such offering) any of the following actions with respect to Lock-Up Securities during the period beginning ten days prior to and ending 90 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to any such subsequent registration (or such shorter period as to which the managing underwriter or underwriters may agree) (the “Follow-On Holdback Period”): (x) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Lock-Up Securities, or enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, (y) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise, or (z) publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement.  In connection with the IPO Holdback Period, to the extent requested by Woodside Inc. or the managing underwriter or underwriters each Member shall enter into an agreement in writing in a form reasonably satisfactory to Woodside Inc. and the managing underwriter or underwriters to effect the agreements forth in this Section 9.8(f).  If the Principal Investors (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) are subject to a Follow-On Holdback Period, each Piggyback Rights Holder shall enter into an agreement in writing in a form reasonably satisfactory to Woodside Inc. and the managing underwriter or underwriters to effect the agreements set forth in this Section 9.8(f). Woodside Inc. and the Company may, in their discretion, impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities subject to the foregoing until the end of the IPO Holdback Period or Follow-On Holdback Period, as applicable.

 

(g)                                  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of Woodside Inc. to take any action pursuant to this Section 9.8 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any Piggyback Rights Holder that such Piggyback Rights Holder shall furnish to Woodside Inc. such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of

 

32

 

disposition of such securities as shall reasonably be required to effect the registration of such Member’s Registrable Securities.

 

(h)                                 Each Piggyback Rights Holder registering securities under this Section 9.8 shall promptly furnish in writing to Woodside Inc. such information regarding itself, the distribution of the Registrable Securities as Woodside Inc. may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required or advisable in connection with such registration.

 

(i)                                     No Piggyback Rights Holder may participate in any registration hereunder unless such Piggyback Rights Holder (i) agrees to sell such Piggyback Rights Holder’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by Woodside Inc. and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and the provisions of this Section 9.8 in respect of registration rights.

 

(j)                                    In the event of any registration of any Registrable Securities of Woodside Inc. under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 9.8, Woodside Inc. will, and it hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each Piggyback Rights Holder that includes Registrable Securities in any such registration statement, each affiliate of such Piggyback Rights Holder and their respective directors and officers or general and limited partners or members and managing members (including any director, officer, affiliate, employee, agent and controlling Person of any of the foregoing) and each other Person, if any, who controls such seller within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or amendment or supplement thereto under which such Registrable Securities were registered or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus, any free writing prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act in respect of the Registrable Securities, or amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that Woodside Inc. shall not be liable to any such Person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, prospectus, any free writing prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act in respect of the Registrable Securities, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Woodside Inc. with respect to such seller or any underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

 

(k)                                 Each Piggyback Rights Holder that includes Registrable Securities in any registration statement under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 9.8 hereby severally and

 

33

 

not jointly indemnifies and holds harmless, and Woodside Inc. may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with this Section 9.8, that Woodside Inc. shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to indemnify and hold harmless, Woodside Inc. and all other prospective sellers of Registrable Securities, each officer of Woodside Inc. who signed the registration statement and each Person, if any, who controls Woodside Inc. and all other prospective sellers of Registrable Securities within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in Section 9.8(j) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Woodside Inc. with respect to Piggyback Rights Holder specifically for use in the preparation of such registration statement, prospectus, any free writing prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act in respect of the Registrable Securities, or amendment or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Woodside Inc., any of the Members or any underwriter, or any of their respective affiliates, directors, officers or controlling Persons and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Person. In no event shall any such indemnification liability of any Member be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such Member upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

 

ARTICLE 10.  RESIGNATION OF MEMBERS;
 TERMINATION OF COMPANY; LIQUIDATION
 AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS

 

Section 10.1                             Resignation of Members.  Except as otherwise specifically permitted in this Agreement, a Member may not resign or withdraw from the Company unless unanimously agreed to in writing by all other Members.  The Managing Member shall reflect any such resignation or withdrawal by amending the Schedule of Members maintained pursuant to Section 3.1(b), dated as of the date of such resignation or withdrawal, and the resigning or withdrawing Member (or such Member’s successors-in-interest) shall have none of the powers of a Member hereunder and shall only have such rights of an assignee of a limited liability company interest under the Act as are consistent with the other terms and provisions of this Agreement and with no other rights under this Agreement.  The remaining Members may, in their sole discretion, cause the Company to distribute to the resigning or withdrawing Member the balance in its Capital Account on the date of such resignation or withdrawal.  Upon the distribution to the resigning or withdrawing Member of the balance in his Capital Account, the resigning or withdrawing Member shall have no further rights with respect to the Company.  Any Member resigning or withdrawing in contravention of this Section 10.1 shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, the Managing Member and all other Members from and against any losses, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements or damages suffered or incurred by the Company or any such other Member arising out of or resulting from such resignation or withdrawal.

 

Section 10.2                             Dissolution of Company.  The Company shall be dissolved, wound up and terminated as provided herein upon the first to occur of the following:

 

34

 

(i)                                     a decree of dissolution of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 18-802 of the Act;

 

(ii)                                  the determination of the Managing Member to dissolve the Company; or

 

(iii)                               the occurrence of any other event that would make it unlawful for the business of the Company to be continued.

 

Except as expressly provided herein or as otherwise required by the Act, the Members shall have no power to dissolve the Company.

 

(b)                                 In the event of the dissolution of the Company for any reason, the Managing Member or a liquidating agent or committee appointed by the Managing Member shall act as a liquidating agent (the Managing Member or such liquidating agent or committee, in such capacity, is hereinafter referred to as the “Liquidator”) and shall commence to wind up the affairs of the Company and to liquidate the Company assets.  The Members shall continue to share all income, losses and distributions during the period of liquidation in accordance with Articles 4 and 5.  The Liquidator shall have full right and unlimited discretion to determine the time, manner and terms of any sale or sales of Company assets pursuant to such liquidation, giving due regard to the activity and condition of the relevant market and general financial and economic conditions.

 

(c)                                  The Liquidator shall have all of the rights and powers with respect to the assets and liabilities of the Company in connection with the liquidation and termination of the Company that the Managing Member would have with respect to the assets and liabilities of the Company during the term of the Company, and the Liquidator is hereby expressly authorized and empowered to execute any and all documents necessary or desirable to effectuate the liquidation and termination of the Company and the transfer of any Company assets.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Liquidator which is not a Member shall not be deemed a Member and shall not have any of the economic interests in the Company of a Member; and such Liquidator shall be compensated for its services to the Company at normal, customary and competitive rates for its services to the Company, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member.

 

Section 10.3                             Distribution in Liquidation.  The Company’s assets shall be applied in the following order of priority:

 

(a)                                 first, to pay the costs and expenses of the winding—up, liquidation and termination of the Company;

 

(b)                                 second, to creditors of the Company, in the order of priority provided by law, including fees, indemnification payments and reimbursements payable to the Members or their Affiliates, but not including those liabilities (other than liabilities to the Members for any expenses of the Company paid by the Members or their Affiliates, to the extent the Members are entitled to reimbursement hereunder) to the Members in their capacity as Members;

 

35

 

(c)                                  third, to establish reserves reasonably adequate to meet any and all contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company; provided, however, that at the expiration of such period of time as the Liquidator may deem advisable, the balance of such reserves remaining after the payment of such contingencies or liabilities shall be distributed as hereinafter provided; and

 

(d)                                 fourth, the remainder to the Members in accordance with Section 5.1.

 

If the Liquidator, in its sole discretion, determines that Company assets other than cash are to be distributed, then the Liquidator shall cause the Fair Market Value of the assets not so liquidated to be determined (with any such determination normally made by the Managing Member in accordance with the definition of “Fair Market Value” being made instead by the Liquidator).  Such assets shall be retained or distributed by the Liquidator as follows:

 

(i)                                     the Liquidator shall retain assets having a value, net of any liability related thereto, equal to the amount by which the cash net proceeds of liquidated assets are insufficient to satisfy the requirements of clauses (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 10.3; and

 

(ii)                                  the remaining assets shall be distributed to the Members in the manner specified in clause (d) of this Section 10.3.

 

If the Liquidator, in its sole discretion, deems it not feasible or desirable to distribute to each Member its allocable share of each asset, the Liquidator may allocate and distribute specific assets to one or more Members as the Liquidator shall reasonably determine to be fair and equitable, taking into consideration, inter alia, the Fair Market Value of such assets and the tax consequences of the proposed distribution upon each of the Members (including both distributees and others, if any).  Any distributions in-kind shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management thereof as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable.

 

Section 10.4                             Final Reports.  Within a reasonable time following the completion of the liquidation of the Company’s assets, the Liquidator shall deliver to each of the Members a statement which shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Company as of the date of complete liquidation and each Member’s portion of distributions pursuant to Section 10.3.

 

Section 10.5                             Rights of Members.  Each Member shall look solely to the Company’s assets for all distributions with respect to the Company and such Member’s Capital Contribution (including return thereof), and such Member’s share of profits or losses thereon, and shall have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against any other Member or the Managing Member.

 

Section 10.6                             Deficit Restoration.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon liquidation of a Member’s Interest in the Company (whether or not in connection with a liquidation of the Company), no Member shall have any liability to restore any deficit in its Capital Account.  In addition, no allocation to any Member of any loss, whether attributable to depreciation or otherwise, shall create any asset of or obligation to the Company, even if such allocation reduces the Capital Account of any Member or creates or increases a deficit in such Capital Account; it is also the intent of the Members that no Member

 

36

 

shall be obligated to pay any such amount to or for the account of the Company or any creditor of the Company.  No creditor of the Company is intended as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement nor shall any such creditor have any rights hereunder.

 

Section 10.7                             Termination.  The Company shall terminate when all property owned by the Company shall have been disposed of and the assets shall have been distributed as provided in Section 10.3.  The Liquidator shall then execute and cause to be filed a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 11.  NOTICES AND CONSENT OF MEMBERS

 

Section 11.1                             Notices.  All notices, demands or requests required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing, and shall be made by hand delivery, certified mail, overnight courier service, electronic mail or facsimile to the address, electronic mail address or facsimile number set forth in the Schedule of Members, but any party may designate a different address, electronic mail address or facsimile number by a notice similarly given to the Company.  Any such notice or communication shall be deemed given when delivered by hand, if delivered on a Business Day, the next Business Day after delivery by hand if delivered by hand on a day that is not a Business Day; four Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, if mailed; on the next Business Day after being deposited for next day delivery with Federal Express or a similar overnight courier; when receipt is acknowledged, whether by facsimile confirmation or return electronic mail,  if sent by facsimile or electronic mail on a Business Day; and the next Business Day following the day on which receipt is acknowledged whether by facsimile confirmation or return electronic mail, if sent by facsimile or electronic mail on a day that is not a Business Day.

 

Section 11.2                             Consents and Approvals.  Any action requiring the consent or approval of Members under this Agreement, unless otherwise specified herein, may be taken at a meeting of Members or, in lieu thereof, by written consent of Members holding the requisite Percentage Interest or, where expressly required by this Agreement or by applicable law, by all of the Members.

 

ARTICLE 12.  AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

 

Section 12.1                             Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of the Managing Member in its sole discretion without the approval of any other Member or other Person; provided, that to the extent that any such amendment, supplement, waiver or modification would adversely affect the rights of the holders of any given class of Units (other than the Managing Member), such amendment shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Units of each such class held by Members (other than the Managing Member), which majority must include (i) the Oaktree Members (x) so long as they hold Units of any such class and at least 10% of the Post-IPO Units or (y) if Section 3.2(f) is being amended, supplemented, waived or modified and the Oaktree Members are then entitled to preemptive rights under Section 3.2(f) and (ii) the Stonehill Members (x) so long as they hold Units of any such class and at least 10% of the Post-IPO Units or (y) if Section 3.2(f) is being amended, supplemented, waived or modified and the Stonehill

 

37

 

Members are then entitled to preemptive rights under Section 3.2(f); provided, except as otherwise provided herein, no amendment, supplement, waiver or modification may materially, adversely and disproportionately (compared to the holders of Units of the same class) affect the rights of a holder of Units, as such, without the consent of such holder; provided further, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the Stockholders Agreements, the Managing Member may, without the written consent of any other Member or any other Person, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect: (1) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the Managing Member determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class of Units or other Capital Stock in the Company or other Company securities in accordance with this Agreement; (2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Members in accordance with this Agreement; (3) a change in the name of the Company, the location of the principal place of business of the Company, the registered agent of the Company or the registered office of the Company; (4) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation; or (5) a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Company and any other changes that the Managing Member determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Company, including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Company.  If an amendment, supplement, waiver or modification has been approved in accordance with this Agreement, such amendment, supplement, waiver or modification shall be adopted and effective with respect to all Members.  Upon obtaining such approvals as may be required by this Agreement, and without further action or execution on the part of any other Member or other Person, any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to this Agreement may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the Managing Member and the other Members shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment, supplement, waiver or modification.

 

Section 12.2                             Amendment of Certificate.  In the event that this Agreement shall be amended, supplemented or modified pursuant to this Article 12, the Managing Member shall amend, supplement or modify the Certificate to reflect such change if the Managing Member deems such amendment, supplement or modification of the Certificate to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 12.3                             Power of Attorney.  Each Member (other than the Stonehill Member and the Oaktree Member) hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Managing Member as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in its name, place and stead to make, execute, sign, acknowledge (including swearing to), verify, deliver, record and file, on its behalf, the following:  (i) any amendment, supplement or modification to this Agreement which complies with the provisions of Section 12.1 of this Agreement; and (ii) the Certificate and any amendment, supplement or modification thereof required because this Agreement is amended, including an amendment, supplement or modification to effectuate any change in the membership of the Company or in the Capital Contributions of the Members.  This power-of-attorney is a special power-of-attorney and is coupled with an interest in favor of the Managing Member and, as such:  (A) shall be irrevocable and continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent death or incapacity of any party granting this power-of-attorney,

 

38

 

regardless of whether the Company or the Managing Member shall have had notice thereof; (B) may be exercised for a Member by facsimile signature of the Managing Member or, after listing all of the Members, including such Member, by a single signature of the Managing Member acting as attorney-in-fact for all of them; and (C) shall survive the delivery of an assignment by a Member of the whole or any portion of its Interest in the Company, except that where the assignee thereof has been approved by the Managing Member for admission to the Company as a Substituted Member, this power-of-attorney given by the assignor shall survive the delivery of such assignment for the sole purpose of enabling the Managing Member to execute, acknowledge and file any instrument necessary to effect such substitution.

 

ARTICLE 13.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1                             Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the Exchange Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Stockholders Agreements and the Registration Rights Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreement or understandings among them with respect to the subject matter hereof (including the Prior Agreement), and it may not be modified or amended in any manner other than as set forth herein.

 

Section 13.2                             Governing Law.  This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 13.3                             Severability.  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced as a result of any rule of law or public policy, all other terms and other provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are fulfilled to the greatest extent possible.

 

Section 13.4                             Effect.  Except as herein otherwise specifically provided, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 13.5                             Captions.  Captions contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

Section 13.6                             Counterparts.  This Agreement may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Agreement may be executed by the affixing of the signatures of each of the Members, which may be delivered via facsimile or .pdf, to one of such counterpart signature pages.  All of such counterpart signatures pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

 

39

 

Section 13.7                             Waiver of Partition.  The Members hereby agree that the Company assets are not and will not be suitable for partition.  Accordingly, each of the Members hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights (if any) that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition of any of such assets.

 

Section 13.8                             Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury.  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably consents and agrees, for the benefit of each other party, that any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and with respect to the enforcement, modification, vacation or correction of an award rendered in an arbitration proceeding may be brought in any state or federal court located in the City of Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware (a “Delaware Court”), and hereby irrevocably accepts and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such Delaware Court with respect to any such action, suit or proceeding.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTER ARISING HEREUNDER.  Each party hereto waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings brought in any such Delaware Court and hereby further waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such Delaware Court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought therein has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Each party agrees that (i) to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process may be effectuated hereinafter by mailing a copy of the summons and complaint or other pleading by certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address set forth on the Schedule of Members and (ii) all notices that are required to be given hereunder may be given by the attorneys for the respective parties.

 

40

 

[FORM OF SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

	
 
    	
DATED AS OF:
    	
 
    

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
  WOODSIDE HOMES COMPANY, LLC

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Member has caused this counterpart signature page to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of WOODSIDE HOMES COMPANY, LLC, dated as of           , 2014, to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

	
 
    	
[NAME OF MEMBER]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Address   for Notices:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Attn:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Phone:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Fax:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
e-mail:
    	
 
    
				

 

 

	
 
    	
DATED AS OF:
    	
 
    

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
  WOODSIDE HOMES COMPANY, LLC

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this counterpart signature page to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of WOODSIDE HOMES COMPANY, LLC, dated as of           , 2014, to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

	
 
    	
WOODSIDE HOMES, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Address   for Notices:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
39   East Eagleridge Drive, Suite 102
    
	
 
    	
North   Salt Lake City, Utah 84054
    
	
 
    	
Attn:
    	
Wayne   Farnsworth, General Counsel
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Phone:
    	
(801)   299-6705
    
	
 
    	
Fax:
    	
(801)   813-8003
    
	
 
    	
e-mail:
    	
waynef@woodsidehomes.com
    
				

 

 

JOINDER

 

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is acknowledged and confessed, Woodside Homes, Inc., a Delaware corporation, does hereby join this Agreement solely with respect to its rights and obligations set forth under Section 3.2(f) and  Section 9.8 of the Agreement.

 

 

	
 
    	
WOODSIDE HOMES, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

EXECUTION COPY 
  

 
  

U.S. COATINGS ACQUISITION INC. and 

FLASH DUTCH 2 B.V. 
 as Issuers 

 
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
February 1, 2013 
  
  

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

as Trustee 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE I	  
	
	Definitions and Incorporation by Reference	  
			
	 SECTION 1.1.
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.2.
	  	 Other Definitions
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 1.3.
	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	35	  
	
	ARTICLE II	  
	
	The Notes	  
			
	 SECTION 2.1.
	  	 Form and Dating
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 2.2.
	  	 Form of Execution and Authentication
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 2.3.
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 2.4.
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 2.5.
	  	 Lists of Holders of the Notes
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 2.6.
	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 2.7.
	  	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	49	  
	 SECTION 2.8.
	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	49	  
	 SECTION 2.9.
	  	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	 Cancellation
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	 Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	 Record Date
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 2.15.
	  	 Additional Amounts
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 2.16.
	  	 Conversion of Currency
	  	 	53	  
	
	ARTICLE III	  
	
	Covenants	  
			
	 SECTION 3.1.
	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 3.2.
	  	 Reports and Other Information
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 3.3.
	  	 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 3.4.
	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 3.5.
	  	 Liens
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 3.6.
	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 3.7.
	  	 Asset Sales
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 3.8.
	  	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 3.9.
	  	 Change of Control
	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 3.10.
	  	 Maintenance of Insurance
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.11.
	  	 Additional Guarantors
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.12.
	  	 Compliance Certificate; Statement by Officers as to Default
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.13.
	  	 [Reserved]
	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 3.14.
	  	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 3.15.
	  	 Covenant Suspension
	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 3.16.
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	80	  

  
 -i- 

							
	ARTICLE IV	  
	
	Merger; Consolidation or Sale of Assets	  
			
	 SECTION 4.1.
	  	 When the Issuers May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets
	  	 	81	  
	
	ARTICLE V	  
	
	Redemption of Notes	  
			
	 SECTION 5.1.
	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 5.2.
	  	Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee of Optional and Mandatory Redemptions	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 5.3.
	  	Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 5.4.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 5.5.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 5.6.
	  	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 5.7.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 5.8.
	  	Offer to Repurchase	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 5.9.
	  	Redemption for Taxation Reasons	  	 	86	  
	
	ARTICLE VI	  
	
	Defaults and Remedies	  
			
	 SECTION 6.1.
	  	Events of Default	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 6.2.
	  	Acceleration	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.3.
	  	Other Remedies	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.4.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.5.
	  	Control by Majority	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.6.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 6.7.
	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 6.8.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 6.9.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	Priorities	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	91	  
	
	ARTICLE VII	  
	
	Trustee	  
			
	 SECTION 7.1.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 7.2.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 7.3.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.4.
	  	Disclaimer	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.5.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.6.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.7.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 7.8.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 7.9.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	Limitation on Duty of Trustee	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 7.12.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	95	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	ARTICLE VIII	 
	
	Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance	  
			
	 SECTION 8.1.
	  	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 8.2.
	  	Conditions to Defeasance	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 8.3.
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 8.4.
	  	Repayment to Issuers	  	 	98	  
	 SECTION 8.5.
	  	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	  	 	98	  
	 SECTION 8.6.
	  	Reinstatement	  	 	98	  
	
	ARTICLE IX	  
	
	Amendments	  
			
	 SECTION 9.1.
	  	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	98	  
	 SECTION 9.2.
	  	With Consent of Holders	  	 	99	  
	 SECTION 9.3.
	  	Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 9.4.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 9.5.
	  	Trustee To Sign Amendments	  	 	101	  
	
	ARTICLE X	  
	
	Guarantees	  
			
	 SECTION 10.1.
	  	Guarantees	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 10.2.
	  	Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 10.3.
	  	Right of Contribution	  	 	106	  
	 SECTION 10.4.
	  	No Subrogation	  	 	106	  
	 SECTION 10.5.
	  	Limitations on Merger	  	 	107	  
	
	ARTICLE XI	  
	
	INTENTIONALLY OMITTED	  
	
	ARTICLE XII	  
	
	Miscellaneous	  
			
	 SECTION 12.1.
	  	Notices	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 12.2.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 12.3.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 12.4.
	  	[Reserved]	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 12.5.
	  	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 12.6.
	  	Days Other than Business Days	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 12.7.
	  	Governing Law	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 12.8.
	  	Jurisdiction and Service	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 12.9.
	  	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 12.10.
	  	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 12.11.
	  	Successors	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 12.12.
	  	Multiple Originals	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 12.13.
	  	Variable Provisions	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 12.14.
	  	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 12.15.
	  	Force Majeure	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 12.16.
	  	USA Patriot Act	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 12.17.
	  	[Reserved]	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 12.18.
	  	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	  	 	110	  

  
 -iii- 

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	EXHIBIT A	  	Form of Note
	EXHIBIT B	  	Form of Certificate of Transfer
	EXHIBIT C	  	Form of Certificate of Exchange
	EXHIBIT D	  	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors
	EXHIBIT E	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture

  
 -iv- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of February 1, 2013, as amended or supplemented from time to time (this
“Indenture”), among U.S. COATINGS ACQUISITION INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (“U.S. Co-Issuer”), FLASH DUTCH 2 B.V., a private
company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“Dutch
Co-Issuer” and, together with U.S. Co-Issuer, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”). 
 Recitals of the Issuers 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of
the Notes (as defined herein): 
 ARTICLE I 

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend
and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on
Rule 144A. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Acquisition” means the acquisition of the entities and assets comprising DPC pursuant to the Purchase Agreement as
described in the Offering Circular under the heading “The Transactions.” 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person
means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
“controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Agent” means
any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-registrar or additional paying agent. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any
Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note;
and 
 (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the
Note at February 1, 2016, in the case of the Initial Notes, or at such first optional redemption date as may be specified by the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof, in the case of any Additional Notes,
in each case, as set forth in Section 5.1(a), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through February 1, 2016 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to (but not including) the Redemption Date), computed using
a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date, plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or
for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions)
of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or 

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with
Section 3.3 and directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to Dutch
Co-Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 
 (each of the foregoing referred to in
this definition as a “disposition”), in each case, other than: 
 (a) a sale, exchange or other disposition
of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, or of obsolete, damaged, unnecessary, unsuitable or worn out equipment or other assets in the ordinary course of business, or dispositions of property no longer used, useful or economically
practicable to maintain in the conduct of the business of Dutch Co-Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any intellectual property
to lapse or become abandoned); 
 (b) the sale, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of either of the Issuers in compliance with Section 4.1 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 

(c) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 3.4 or any Permitted
Investment; 
 (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, in a
single transaction or series of related transactions, with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $40.0 million; 
 (e)
any transfer or disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to Dutch Co-Issuer or by Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary; 

(f) the creation of any Lien permitted under this Indenture; 

(g) any issuance, sale, pledge or other disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (h) the sale, lease, assignment, license, sublicense or sublease of inventory, equipment,
accounts receivable, notes receivable or other current assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable or dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or
compromise thereof; 
 (i) the lease, assignment, license, sublicense or sublease of any real or personal property in the
ordinary course of business; 

  
 -2- 

 (j) a sale or transfer of accounts receivable, or participations therein, and
related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions; 

(k) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables
Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing; 

(l) any exchange of assets for Related Business Assets (including a combination of Related Business Assets and a de minimis
amount of cash or Cash Equivalents) of comparable or greater market value, as determined in good faith by Dutch Co-Issuer; 

(m) (i) non-exclusive licenses, sublicenses or cross-licenses of intellectual property or other general intangibles and
(ii) exclusive licenses, sublicenses or cross-licenses of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business of Dutch Co-Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(n) the sale in a Sale/Leaseback Transaction of any property acquired after the Issue Date within twelve months of the
acquisition of such property; 
 (o) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of a
contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business; 
 (p) dispositions arising from foreclosures,
condemnations, eminent domain, seizure, nationalization or any similar action with respect to assets, dispositions of property subject to casualty events and (except for purposes of calculating Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale under Sections
3.7(b) and 3.7(c) hereof) dispositions necessary or advisable (as determined by Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith) in order to consummate any acquisition of any Person, business or assets; and 

(q) dispositions of Investments (including Equity Interests) in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to
customary buy/sell arrangements or rights of first refusal between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements or similar binding arrangements. 

For the avoidance of doubt, the unwinding of Hedging Obligations shall not be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale. 

“Associate” has the meaning given to it in Section 128(F)(9) of the Australian Tax Act. 

“Australian Code of Banking Practice” shall mean the Code of Banking Practice published by the Australian Bankers’
Association. 
 “Australian Party” means DuPont Performance Coatings Australia Pty Ltd (ACN 158 497 655) or any other
Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary incorporated, organized or established under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia. 

“Australian Tax Act” means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) of Australia. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 

“Board of Directors” means as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, sole member or managing member, as
applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors, board of managers, manager or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof and with respect to a Dutch
private company with limited liability or limited liability company, the managing board. 

  
 -3- 

 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
banking institutions are authorized or required by law or regulation to close in the State of New York or, with respect to any payments to be made under this Indenture, the place of payment. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers
on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 

“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of an Issuer or any
Guarantor and designated as a “Cash Contribution Amount” as described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.” 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) U.S. Dollars, Canadian Dollars, pounds sterling, euros or the national currency of any participating member state of the
European Union and, with respect to any Foreign Subsidiaries, other currencies held by such Foreign Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is
a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of two years or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding two years, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250 million in the case of domestic banks
or $100 million (or the dollar equivalent thereof) in the case of foreign banks; 
 (4) repurchase obligations for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above and clause (6) below entered into with any financial institution or securities dealers of recognized national standing meeting the qualifications specified in clause
(3) above; 
 (5) commercial paper or variable or fixed rate notes issued by a corporation or other Person (other than
an Affiliate of Dutch Co-Issuer) rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within two years
after the date of acquisition; 
 (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state or commonwealth of the United
States of America or any political subdivision thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not
exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 

  
 -4- 

 (7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor) with a rating of
“A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition, and marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of
at least “A-2” or “P-2” from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating service); 

(8) investment funds investing at least 95.0% of their assets in investments of the types described in clauses (1) through
(7) above and (9) and (10) below; 
 (9) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the
date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and 

(10) in the case of investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or investments made in a country outside the United States of
America, other investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (9) customarily utilized in the countries where such Foreign Subsidiary is located or in which such investment is
made. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in
clause (1) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) above as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts. 

“CFC” means any Subsidiary of U.S. Co-Issuer that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of
Section 957 of the Code. 
 “CFC Holdco” means any Subsidiary of U.S. Co-Issuer (i) that is organized under the
laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) that owns no material assets other than equity interests of one or more CFCs. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 

(1) Dutch Co-Issuer becomes aware of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act or any successor
provision), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of Equity Interests or otherwise, of
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of Voting Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer,
provided that so long as Dutch Co-Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Permitted Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of Voting Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer representing more than 50% of the total voting power of
the Voting Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer unless such Person or group shall be or become a beneficial owner of Voting Stock of such Permitted Parent representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Permitted Parent; or 

(2) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than one or more of the Permitted Holders and any Person or group (as defined in clause (1) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders,
is or becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of Voting Stock of the transferee Person in such sale, lease or transfer of assets representing more than 50% of the total
voting power of the Voting Stock of such transferee Person, provided that so long as such transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or 

  
 -5- 

 
become a beneficial owner of Voting Stock of the transferee Person in such sale, lease or transfer of assets representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such
transferee Person unless such Person or group shall be or become a beneficial owner of Voting Stock of such parent Person representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme. 

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

“Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuers by any Officer of each of the Issuers.

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 (1) interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, to the
extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person (including (a) amortization of original issue discount, (b) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (c) net payments and
receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness and excluding (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, (x) expensing of any bridge or other financing fees, (y) the non-cash portion of
interest expense resulting from the reduction in the carrying value under purchase accounting of such Person’s outstanding Indebtedness and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense)
related to any Receivables Financing); 
 (2) interest on Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
described in Section 3.4(b)(xiii)(b) (to the extent not already included in clause (1) above); and 
 (3)
consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; 
 less interest income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; 
  provided that, for purposes of calculating Consolidated
Interest Expense, no effect shall be given to the discount and/or premium resulting from the bifurcation of derivatives under FASB ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of the Indebtedness to which such Consolidated Interest
Expense relates. 
 For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest
rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that, without duplication: 

(1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses or income or expenses (including the
effect of all fees and expenses relating thereto), including, without limitation, any fees, expenses, charges or payments made under or contemplated by the Purchase Agreement or otherwise related to the Transactions, shall be excluded; 

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such
period; 
 (3) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded; 

  
 -6- 

 (4) any net after-tax gains or losses (including the effect of all fees and
expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions (including Capital Stock of any Person) or asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by Dutch Co-Issuer)
shall be excluded; 
 (5) any net after-tax gains or losses (including the effect of all fees and expenses or charges
relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations and other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid) shall be excluded; 

(6) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary
(other than (i) a Guarantor or (ii) any Person accounted for at the Issue Date by the equity method of accounting; provided that to the extent not already excluded or deducted as minority interest expense, payments made in respect
of interests of third parties shall be excluded), shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the
referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; 
 (7) solely for the purpose of determining
the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.4(a)(C)(1), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of
its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless all such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or
similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or
converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; 

(8) any non-cash compensation expense realized from employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, including
pension-related charges under FASB ASC 715, grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other equity interests or rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be
excluded; 
 (9) (a) (i) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and
(ii) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense that exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included and (b) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from fair value accounting required by
FASB ASC 815 (including as a result of the mark-to-market of obligations under swap contracts and other derivative instruments) shall be excluded; 

(10) any net unrealized gains and losses relating to mark-to-market of amounts denominated in foreign currencies resulting from
the application of FASB ASC 830 (including net unrealized gains and losses from exchange rate fluctuations on intercompany balances and balance sheet items) shall be excluded; 

(11) any (a) severance or relocation costs or expenses, (b) one-time non-cash compensation charges, (c) costs
and expenses after the Issue Date related to employment of terminated employees, or (d) costs or expenses realized in connection with or resulting from stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights existing on the Issue
Date of officers, directors and employees, in each case of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded; 

  
 -7- 

 (12) accruals and reserves, contingent liabilities, charges associated with
settlement of stock-based compensation and any gains and losses on the settlement of any pre-existing contractual or non-contractual relationships as a result of the Transactions that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Issue Date
and that are so required to be established, settled or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded; 

(13) the effect of any non-cash impairment charges or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs of assets (including intangible
assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs but excluding accounts receivable) or liabilities resulting from the application of GAAP (including in connection with the Transactions) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application
of GAAP (excluding any non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded; 

(14) any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the consummation of
the Acquisition, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item, shall be excluded; 
 (15) any non-cash
interest expense and non-cash interest income, in each case to the extent there is no associated cash disbursement or receipt, as the case may be, before the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes and the date on which all the Notes cease to be
outstanding, shall be excluded; 
 (16) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for
such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale or other disposition, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each
case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be
excluded; and 
 (17) the effects from applying purchase accounting, including applying purchase accounting to inventory,
fixed assets, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as
a result of the Acquisition, any acquisition consummated prior to the Issue Date or any other future acquisitions or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, shall be excluded. 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business interruption and other liability and/or casualty insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and
charges pursuant to indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 3.4 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any
income arising from the sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments, from repurchases or redemptions of Restricted Investments, from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments or from any dividends, repayments
of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in each case to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 3.4(a)(C)(5) or 3.4(a)(C)(6). 

“Consolidated Non-Cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization
(including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment, non-cash compensation and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing
Consolidated Net Income of such 

  
 -8- 

 
Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if any non-cash charges referred to in this definition represent an accrual
or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to such extent paid. 

“Consolidated Senior Secured Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination (for purposes of this definition, the
“Calculation Date”) means the ratio of (1) (x) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by a Lien as of such date (after giving effect to any Incurrence or
repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, retirement or discharge of Indebtedness on such date) minus (y) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents that would be stated on the balance sheet of Dutch
Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Calculation Date, to (2) the EBITDA of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal
quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date; provided that, in the event that Dutch Co-Issuer shall classify Indebtedness Incurred on the Calculation Date as secured in part pursuant to
clause (24) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and in part pursuant to one or more other clauses of such definition, as provided in the final paragraph of such definition, any calculation of Consolidated Total Indebtedness that is
secured by a Lien for purposes of clause (1)(x) above shall not include any such Indebtedness (and shall not give effect to any repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, retirement or discharge of Indebtedness from the
proceeds thereof) to the extent secured pursuant to any such other clause of such definition. 
 For purposes of making the computation
referred to above, Investments, acquisitions (including the Transactions), dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations, in each case with respect to a company, a business or an operating unit of a business, and operational
changes (including the entry into any material contract or arrangement), that Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has both determined to make and made (or, solely with respect to operational changes, made or determined to make)
after the Issue Date and during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date (each, for purposes of this definition, a “pro forma
event”) shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions (including the Transactions), dispositions, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations and operational changes had occurred on
the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Dutch
Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall have made or effected any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued
operation, in each case with respect to a company, a business or an operating unit of a business, or operational change that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro
forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Dutch Co-Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include, without limitation, (1) adjustments calculated in accordance with
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, (2) adjustments calculated to give effect to any Pro Forma Cost Savings and (3) all adjustments of the type used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in the
Offering Circular in footnote (2) under the caption “Offering Circular Summary—Summary Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information and Other Data” to the extent such adjustments, without
duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period; provided that any such adjustments that consist of reductions in costs and other operating improvements or synergies shall be calculated in accordance with, and satisfy the
requirements specified in, the definition of “Pro Forma Cost Savings.” 
 “Consolidated Taxes” means, with
respect to any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, 

  
 -9- 

 
without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes, and including (without duplication, and to the extent not otherwise included) an amount equal to the amount
of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Capital Stock of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 3.4(b)(xii) which shall be included as though such
amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person. 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date
of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis, to the extent required to be recorded on a
balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Capitalized Lease Obligations or debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes or similar instruments and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding
Disqualified Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer and all Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective
voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and Maximum Fixed Repurchase Prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “Maximum Fixed Repurchase Price” of any
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any
date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value
shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by Dutch Co-Issuer. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to
any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any
manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 

(2) to advance or supply funds: 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of
the primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner
of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal
amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than, in the case of such Restricted Subsidiary, contributions by Dutch
Co-Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary to its capital) after the Issue Date and designated as a Cash Contribution Amount, provided that such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash
contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of Dutch Co-Issuer on the Incurrence date thereof. 

“Corporate Trust Office” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.1 or such other address
as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Issuers or Holders pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 12.1. 

“Credit Agreement” means (i) the Senior Credit Agreement and (ii) whether or not the Senior Credit Agreement
remains outstanding, if designated by the Issuers to be included in the definition 

  
 -10- 

 
of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities, indentures or commercial paper facilities providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, debentures, receivables
financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral
documents, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case,
with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, increased (provided, that such increase in borrowings is permitted under this
Indenture) replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or investor or group of lenders or investors. 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with
Section 2.6 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto. 
 “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or
such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Issuers. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the
Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by Dutch Co-Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of
Dutch Co-Issuer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer,
as applicable (other than Excluded Equity), that is issued after the Issue Date for cash and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of Dutch Co-Issuer, on the issuance date thereof, the cash
proceeds of which are contributed to the capital of Dutch Co-Issuer (if issued by Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer) and excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.4(a)(C). 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms
(or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is puttable, redeemable or exchangeable), in each case, at the option of the holder thereof or upon the happening of any event: 

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a
change of control or asset sale; provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control
provisions applicable to the Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes (including the purchase of any Notes tendered
pursuant thereto)), 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, or 

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, 

in each case prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes and the date the Notes are no longer outstanding;
provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock that so  

  
 -11- 

 
matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock;
provided, further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Dutch Co-Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall
not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Dutch Co-Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death
or disability; provided, further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be
deemed to be Disqualified Stock. 
 “DPC” means the entities and assets purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement that
collectively constitute the business known as DuPont Performance Coatings. 
 “Dutch Co-Issuer” has the meaning set forth
in the preamble hereto. 
 “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period 
 (a) increased, without duplication, to the extent the same (except in the case of clause (8) below) was
deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income of such Person by: 
 (1) Consolidated Taxes of such Person; plus 

(2) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative
instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities), plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to
clauses 1(w) through 1(z) thereof; plus 
 (3) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges of such Person; plus 

(4) (A) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees, termination payments and related expenses paid to
the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent permitted by Section 3.8 and (B) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders (or employees holding
other rights tied to the equity value of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to
shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the
extent permitted under this Indenture; plus 
 (5) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-Cash Charges)
related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including
(i) such fees, expenses or charges related to (x) the offering of the Notes or (y) the Transactions, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or other Indebtedness and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield and
other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus 
 (6)
the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus 

(7) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention,
severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, integration costs, transition costs, costs related to the start-up, closure, relocation or consolidation of facilities and

  
 -12- 

 
costs to relocate employees), any costs associated with non-ordinary course tax projects/audits, signing, retention or completion bonuses, and any fees and expenses relating to any of the
foregoing; plus 
 (8) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted
EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (2) to “Offering Circular Summary—Summary Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information and Other Data” in the Offering Circular to the extent such adjustments
continue to be applicable during the period in which EBITDA is being calculated; provided that any such adjustments that consist of reductions in costs and other operating improvements or synergies shall be calculated in accordance with, and
satisfy the requirements specified in, the definition of “Pro Forma Cost Savings”; plus 
 (9) any costs or
expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash
proceeds (other than intercompany contributions or other transfers from either of the Issuers or any Guarantor) contributed to the capital of either of the Issuers or a Guarantor or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Dutch
Co-Issuer (other than Excluded Equity) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.4(a)(C)(1); plus 

(10) the amount of any non-controlling interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity
interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, excluding cash distributions in respect thereof; 

(b) decreased by, without duplication, non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items
that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; provided that if any non-cash items represent a potential cash item in any future period, the cash receipt
in respect thereof in such future period shall be added to EBITDA to such extent in such future period); 
 (c) increased (with respect to
losses) or decreased (with respect to gains) by, without duplication, any net realized gains and losses relating to amounts denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FASB ASC 830 (including net realized gains and losses
from exchange rate fluctuations on intercompany balances and balance sheet items, net of realized gains or losses from related Hedging Obligations (entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice)); and 

(d) increased (with respect to losses) or decreased (with respect to gains) by, without duplication, any gain or loss relating to Hedging
Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice). 

“Equity Contribution” means the cash equity contributions to Dutch Co-Issuer made, either directly or indirectly, by the
Sponsor in order to provide Dutch Co-Issuer with capital, when taken together with the proceeds of the Initial Notes and the borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement, sufficient to consummate the Transactions on the Issue Date. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any
debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or
private sale after the Issue Date of Capital Stock or Preferred Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 

(1) public offerings with respect to Dutch Co-Issuer’s or such direct or indirect parent’s common stock registered on
Form S-4 or Form S-8; 

  
 -13- 

 (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer; and 

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or Refunding Capital Stock. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Euro Notes” means the €250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 of the Issuers
issued on the Issue Date under the Euro Notes Indenture, together with any additional notes issued under the Euro Notes Indenture. 

“Euro Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated February 1, 2013, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors,
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as registrar, and Citibank N.A., London Branch, as paying agent and authenticating agent. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Exchange Rate” means, on any day, the rate at which the currency other than U.S. dollars may be exchanged
into U.S. dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date on the Bloomberg Key Cross Currency Rates Page for the relevant currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Bloomberg Key Cross Currency Rate Page, the
Exchange Rate shall be determined by the Issuers in good faith. 
 “Excluded Contributions” means the Net Cash Proceeds
and Cash Equivalents, or the Fair Market Value of other assets, received by Dutch Co-Issuer after the Issue Date from: 
  

	 	(1)	contributions to its common equity capital, and 

  

	 	(2)	the sale of Capital Stock (other than Excluded Equity) of Dutch Co-Issuer, 

 in each case designated as
Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, the proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.4(a)(C). 

“Excluded Equity” means (i) Disqualified Stock, (ii) any Equity Interests issued or sold to a Restricted
Subsidiary or any employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (to the extent such employee stock ownership plan or trust has been funded by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary),
(iii) any Equity Interest that has already been used or designated (x) as (or the proceeds of which have been used or designated as) a Cash Contribution Amount, Designated Preferred Stock, an Excluded Contribution or Refunding Capital
Stock, or (y) to increase the amount available under Section 3.4(b)(iv)(a) or clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” or is proceeds of Indebtedness referred to in Section 3.4(b)(xiii)(b)
and (iv) the Equity Contribution. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price that
could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction (as determined in good faith by
the senior management or the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes). 

“FASB ASC” means the Accounting Standard Codifications as promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, including
any renumbering of such standards or any successor or replacement section or sections promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. 

  
 -14- 

 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs or redeems or repays any Indebtedness (other than in the case of
revolving credit borrowings or revolving advances under any Qualified Receivables Financing unless the related commitments have been terminated and such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems
Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or redemption or repayment of Indebtedness, or such
issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that, in the event that Dutch Co-Issuer shall classify Indebtedness Incurred on the
Calculation Date as Incurred in part pursuant to Section 3.3(a) and in part pursuant to one or more clauses of Section 3.3(b), as provided in the first paragraph of Section 3.3(c), any calculation of Fixed Charges
pursuant to this definition shall not include any such Indebtedness (and shall not give effect to any repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, retirement or discharge of Indebtedness from the proceeds thereof) to the
extent Incurred pursuant to one or more clauses of Section 3.3(b). 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above,
Investments, acquisitions (including the Transactions), dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations, in each case with respect to a company, a business or an operating unit of a business, and operational changes (including the
entry into any material contract or arrangement) that Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has both determined to make and made (or, solely with respect to operational changes, made or determined to make) after the Issue Date and
during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date (each, for purposes of this definition, a “pro forma event”) shall be calculated
on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions (including the Transactions), dispositions, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations and operational changes (and the change of any associated fixed charge
obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date any Person that
subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall have made or effected any
Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation, in each case with respect to a company, a business or an operating unit of a business, or operational change that would have required adjustment pursuant to this
definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to
be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Dutch Co-Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro
forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness
if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Dutch
Co-Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility or a Qualified
Receivables Financing computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on
Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none,
then based upon such optional rate chosen as Dutch Co-Issuer may designate. Any such pro forma calculation may include, without limitation, (1) 

  
 -15- 

 
adjustments calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, (2) adjustments calculated to give effect to any Pro Forma Cost Savings and (3) all adjustments of the
type used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (2) to “Offering Circular Summary—Summary Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information and Other
Data” in the Offering Circular to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period; provided that any such adjustments that consist of reductions in costs and other operating
improvements or synergies shall be calculated in accordance with, and satisfy the requirements specified in, the definition of “Pro Forma Cost Savings.” 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, and 

(2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified
Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Fixed GAAP Date” means the Issue Date; provided that at
any time after the Issue Date, Dutch Co-Issuer may by written notice to the Trustee elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning
on and after the date specified in such notice. 
 “Fixed GAAP Terms” means (a) the definitions of the terms
“Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Non-Cash Charges,” “Consolidated Senior Secured Debt Ratio,” “Consolidated Taxes,”
“Consolidated Total Indebtedness,” “EBITDA,” and “Net Income,” (b) all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on
any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Indenture or the Notes that, at Dutch Co-Issuer’s election, may be specified by Dutch Co-Issuer by written notice to the Trustee from time to time. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date
(for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the
following: Dutch Co-Issuer may at any time elect by written notice to the Trustee to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for
periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture) and
(b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof, which is required to be placed on all
Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted
Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.6 hereof. 

“guarantee” means, as to any Person, a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the
ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

  
 -16- 

 “Guarantee” means any guarantee of the Obligations of the Issuers under this
Indenture and the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Guarantors” means, collectively,
(i) Parent, (ii) each Restricted Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer that executes this Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor on the Issue Date and (iii) each other Restricted Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer that Incurs a Guarantee of the
Notes; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall automatically cease to be a Guarantor. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency swap, interest rate or commodity cap agreements,
currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and foreign exchange contracts; and 
 (2) other agreements
or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices or equity risks. 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 

“IAI Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend
and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes resold to IAIs. 

“IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. 

“Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, Capital Stock or Lien, to issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise
become liable for, such Indebtedness, Capital Stock or Lien, as applicable; provided that any Indebtedness, Capital Stock or Lien of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition
or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. 
 “Indebtedness” means,
with respect to any Person, without duplication: 
 (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable, accrued expense or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case Incurred in the
ordinary course of business, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations)
would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any guarantee by such Person of the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by
endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and 
 (3) to the extent not
otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the
lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; 

  
 -17- 

  provided that (a) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and
(b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. 

“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in
each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of Dutch Co-Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 “Initial Notes” means the $750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 of
the Issuers issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co., LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc. and SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited, with
respect to the offer and sale of the Initial Notes, and such other initial purchasers party to future purchase agreements entered into in connection with an offer and sale of any Additional Notes. 

“Interest Payment Date” means, in the case of the Initial Notes, February 1 and August 1 of each
year, commencing on August 1, 2013 and, in the case of any Additional Notes, such interest payment dates as may be designated by the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof and, in each case, ending at the
Stated Maturity of the Notes. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or
the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality
thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition, 

(2) securities that have an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or
advances among Dutch Co-Issuer and its Subsidiaries, 
 (3) investments in any fund that invests at least 95.0% of its assets
in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) above which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and 

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and
in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to
any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances or other
payments made to customers, dealers, suppliers and distributors and payroll, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, directors, managers, employees, consultants and independent contractors made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on 

  
 -18- 

 
the balance sheet of Dutch Co-Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If
Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Restricted Subsidiary issues any Equity Interests, in either case, such that, after giving effect to any such sale
or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer, Dutch Co-Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of and all
other Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary retained. In no event shall a guarantee of an operating lease of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary be deemed an Investment. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” and Section 3.4: 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Dutch
Co-Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon
a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Dutch Co-Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 

(a) Dutch Co-Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less 

(b) the portion (proportionate to Dutch Co-Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the
net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. 
 The amount of any Investment outstanding
at any time (including for purposes of calculating the amount of any Investment outstanding at any time under any provision of Section 3.4 and otherwise determining compliance with Section 3.4) shall be the original cost of
such Investment (determined, in the case of any Investment made with assets of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, based on the Fair Market Value of the assets invested), reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of
capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment, and in the case of an Investment in any Person, shall be net of any Investment by such Person in Dutch Co-Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Issue Date” means February 1, 2013. 

“Issuers” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference,
priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option
or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an
operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Management Agreement” means the Consulting Services Agreement and the
Transaction Services Agreement, each between Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Sponsor, on the other hand, to be entered into on or around the Issue Date, and each Consulting Services Agreement or Transaction
Services Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated, modified or replaced, from time to time, to the extent that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer, such amendment, modification or replacement is not less
advantageous to the Holders in any material respect than such Consulting Services Agreement or Transaction Services Agreement entered into on or around the Issue Date. 

  
 -19- 

 “Management Group” means the group consisting of the executive officers and
other management personnel of DPC on the Issue Date or who became officers or management personnel of DPC or any direct or indirect parent of DPC, as applicable, and its Subsidiaries following the Issue Date (other than in connection with a
transaction that would otherwise be a Change of Control if such persons were not included in the definition of “Permitted Holders”), or (in each case) family members thereof, or trusts, partnerships or limited liability companies for the
benefit of any of the foregoing, or any of their heirs, executors, successors and legal representatives, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Permitted
Parent. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds (using the Fair Market Value of any Cash Equivalents)
received by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in
any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, and including any proceeds received as a result of unwinding any related
Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct cash costs
relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses
incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of
principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 3.7(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with
such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction
and retained by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters
or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any
Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer (other than U.S. Co-Issuer) that is not a
Guarantor. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, treated as a single class of securities except as otherwise
provided in Section 2.2 and Section 9.2(a). 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect
to the Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in
bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

  
 -20- 

 “Offering Circular” means the offering circular related to the offering of
Initial Notes dated January 16, 2013. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary (or any Person serving the equivalent function of any of the foregoing) of such Person
(or of the general partner of such Person) or any individual designated as an “Officer” for purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person (or the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person). 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of Dutch Co-Issuer by an Officer of Dutch Co-Issuer that
meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 
 “Offshore Associate” means an Associate which: 

(1) is a non-resident of Australia and does not acquire the Notes or receive a payment in carrying on a business in Australia
at or through a Permanent Establishment of the Associate in Australia; or 
 (2) which is a resident of Australia and
acquires the Notes or receives a payment in carrying on a business in a country outside Australia at or through a Permanent Establishment of the Associate in that country, 

which in either case does not acquire the Notes in the capacity of dealer, manager or underwriter in relation to the placement of the Notes or acquire the
Notes or receive payment in the capacity of a clearing house, custodian, funds manager or responsible entity of a registered scheme. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may
be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers. 
 “Parent” means Flash Dutch 1 B.V., a private company with limited
liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), organized under the laws of the Netherlands with corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and its successors. 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: 

(1) with respect to the Issuers, the Notes and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and

 (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to such
Guarantor’s Guarantee. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream a Person who
has an account with the Depositary, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear or Clearstream). 
 “Permanent
Establishment” has the meaning given to it in the Australian Tax Act. 
 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a
denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a
combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with
Section 3.7. 

  
 -21- 

 “Permitted Holders” means each of (i) the Sponsor, (ii) the
Management Group (or its direct or indirect parent), (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which the Persons described in clauses (i) and
(ii) are members; provided that, without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Persons described in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, beneficially own Voting Stock representing 50% or more of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by such group and (iv) any Permitted Parent. Any Person or group, together with its Affiliates, whose acquisition of beneficial
ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture shall thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.
“Beneficial Ownership” has the meaning given to such term under Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(2) any Investment in Dutch Co-Issuer (including the Notes) or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) any Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (4) any Investment by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is primarily engaged in
a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (and any Investment held by such Person that was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of so becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary or in contemplation of such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation); 

(5) any Investment in securities or other assets received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to
Section 3.7 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (6) any Investment
(x) existing on the Issue Date, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or (z) that replaces, refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding
clauses (x) or (y); provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, except as contemplated pursuant to the terms of such Investment in existence on
the Issue Date or as otherwise permitted under this definition or under Section 3.4; 
 (7) loans and advances
to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, directors, officers, managers, consultants or independent contractors in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time
outstanding, not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate; 
 (8) loans and advances to
officers, directors, employees, managers, consultants and independent contractors for business related travel and entertainment expenses, moving and relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 (9) any Investment (x) acquired by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any
other Investment or accounts receivable held by Dutch Co-Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts
receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure or other remedial action by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any Investment or other transfer of title with respect to

  
 -22- 

 
any Investment in default and (y) received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of Dutch
Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer, or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes; 

(10) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 3.3(b)(x); 

(11) any Investment by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in
an Unrestricted Subsidiary) in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $150.0 million and (y) 2.25% of Total
Assets; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (11) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (11) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 (12) additional Investments by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount, taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 3.00% of Total Assets; provided, however, that if any
Investment pursuant to this clause (12) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be
deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (12) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3.8(b) (except transactions described in clause (ii), (iii), (iv), (viii), (ix), (xiii) or (xiv) of such Section 3.8(b)); 

(14) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Excluded Equity) of Dutch Co-Issuer or any
direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.4(a)(C); 

(15) Investments consisting of the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing
arrangements with other Persons; 
 (16) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies,
materials and equipment or purchases, acquisitions, licenses, sublicenses or leases or subleases of intellectual property, or other rights or assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 

(17) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection
with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; 

(18) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a
Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 4.1 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on
the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 
 (19) repurchases of the Notes; 

  
 -23- 

 (20) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under
Section 3.3, and Obligations relating to such Indebtedness and guarantees (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business; 

(21) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (22) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (23) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Article 3 endorsements for
collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers; 
 (24) intercompany current liabilities
owed to Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Subsidiaries; and 

(25) Investments in joint ventures of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date in an
aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (25) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 1.50% of Total Assets. 

“Permitted Joint Venture” means, with respect to any specified Person, a joint venture (which for the avoidance of doubt is
not itself a Restricted Subsidiary) of such Person, which joint venture is engaged in a Similar Business and in respect of which Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary beneficially owns at least 35.0% of the Equity Interests of such Person. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) Liens Incurred in connection with workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or
in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or to secure surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds to
which such Person is a party, or as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairman’s,
construction contractors’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue by more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person
with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are being
maintained, to the extent required by GAAP); 
 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges (i) which
are not yet due or payable or (ii) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP, or for property taxes on property such Person or one of
its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property; 

(4) Liens in favor of the issuers of performance and surety bonds, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds
or with respect to regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued and completion of guarantees provided for, in each case, pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its
business; 

  
 -24- 

 (5) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of,
or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions
(including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not
in the aggregate materially adversely interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of such Person; 
 (6) Liens
Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (iv) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; provided that, in the case of clause (iv) of such definition,
such Lien extends only to the assets and/or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any replacements, additions and accessions thereto and any income or profits
thereof; 
 (7) Liens of the Issuers or any of the Guarantors existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens Incurred to secure
Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Agreement, but including Liens Incurred to secure Indebtedness under the Euro Notes); 

(8) Liens on assets of, or Equity Interests in, a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided,
however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or a portion of the property or
assets (and improvements on such property or assets) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; provided, further, that for purposes of
this clause (8), if a Person other than either of the Issuers or any Guarantor becomes a Subsidiary pursuant to a merger and is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary of such Person shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of such
Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, and any property or assets of such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person shall be deemed acquired by such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, at the time of such merger; 

(9) Liens on assets at the time either of the Issuers or a Guarantor acquired the assets, including any acquisition by means of
a merger or consolidation with or into such Issuer or any Guarantor; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, that
such Liens are limited to all or a portion of the property or assets (and improvements on such property or assets) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens
relate; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (9), if, in connection with an acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into either of the Issuers or any Guarantor, a Person other than such Issuer or
Guarantor is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary of such Person shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of such Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary of such
Person shall be deemed acquired by such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, at the time of such merger or consolidation; 

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of an Issuer or a Guarantor owing to an Issuer or another Guarantor
permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 3.3; 
 (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations Incurred in
compliance with Section 3.3; 
 (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any
Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit entered into in the ordinary course of business issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or
storage of such inventory or other goods; 

  
 -25- 

 (13) leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses, occupancy agreements or
assignments of or in respect of real or personal property; 
 (14) Liens arising from, or from Uniform Commercial Code
financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuers and the Guarantors in the ordinary course of business; 

(15) Liens in favor of an Issuer or any Guarantor; 

(16) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables
Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (17) deposits made or other security
provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers or under self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations; 

(18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(19) grants of intellectual property, software and other technology licenses; 

(20) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights
related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made; 

(21) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered
into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (22) Liens Incurred to secure cash management services and other “bank
products” (including those described in Section 3.3(b)(xxiii)); 
 (23) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding,
extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clause (7), (8), (9), (11) or (24);
provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the original Lien (plus
improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness
described under clause (7), (8), (9), (11) or (24) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing,
refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; 
 (24) Liens securing Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred
pursuant Section 3.3; provided that at the time of any Incurrence of Pari Passu Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect thereto (in a manner consistent with the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or, with
respect to any revolving Indebtedness, at the time of the initial borrowing of such revolving Indebtedness, after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness, in which case such committed
amount may thereafter be borrowed or reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with this clause (24) so long as the entire committed amount is always deemed outstanding) under this clause (24), the
Consolidated Senior Secured Debt Ratio shall not be greater than 4.25 to 1.00; 
 (25) other Liens securing Obligations the
principal amount of which does not exceed the greater of (x) $225.0 million and (y) 3.50% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 

(26) Liens on the Equity Interests or assets of a joint venture to secure Indebtedness of such joint venture Incurred pursuant
to clause (xxi) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; 

  
 -26- 

 (27) Liens on equipment of an Issuer or any Guarantor granted in the ordinary
course of business to such Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s client at which such equipment is located; 
 (28) Liens
created for the benefit of (or to secure) all of the Notes or the Guarantees; 
 (29) Liens on property or assets used to
defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture; 

(30) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in
connection with the importation and exportation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (31) Liens (i) of a
collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any comparable or successor provision, on items in the course of collection; (ii) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage
accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions or entities, or electronic payment service providers, arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of
set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry; 
 (32) Liens that are
contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other Persons not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness; (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuers
or any Guarantor to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuers and the Guarantors; or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of
the Issuers or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of business; 
 (33) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and
call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 

(34) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto; 

(35) Liens on vehicles or equipment of the Issuers or any of the Guarantors granted in the ordinary course of business; and

 (36) Liens created pursuant to the general conditions of a bank operating in The Netherlands based on the general
conditions drawn up by the Netherlands Bankers’ Association (Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken) and the Consumers Union (Consumentenbond) or pursuant to any other general conditions of, or any contractual arrangement with, any
such bank to substantially the same effect. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (x) a Lien need not be
Incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described in this definition but may be Incurred under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such category),
(y) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of such categories of Permitted Liens, Dutch Co-Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any
manner that complies with this definition, and (z) in the event that a portion of Indebtedness secured by a Lien could be classified as secured in part pursuant to clause (24) above (giving effect to the Incurrence of such portion of such
Indebtedness), Dutch Co-Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify such portion of such Indebtedness (and any Obligations in respect thereof) as having been secured pursuant to clause (24) above and thereafter the remainder of the
Indebtedness as having been secured pursuant to one or more of the other clauses of this definition. 

  
 -27- 

 “Permitted Parent” means (a) any direct or indirect parent of Dutch
Co-Issuer that at the time it became a parent of Dutch Co-Issuer was a Permitted Holder pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and such parent was not formed in connection with, or in contemplation of, a
transaction (other than the Transactions) that would otherwise constitute a Change of Control, (b) Parent so long as it is a Permitted Holder pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof, and (c) any Public
Company (or Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Public Company) to the extent and until such time as any Person or group (other than a Permitted Holder) is deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of Voting Stock of such Public Company representing
more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Public Company. 
 “Person” means any individual,
corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution
or winding up. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(c) to be placed on all
Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions hereof. 
 “Pro Forma Cost Savings”
means, without duplication, with respect to any period, the net reduction in costs and other operating improvements (including the entry into any material contract or arrangement) or synergies that have been realized or are reasonably anticipated to
be realized in good faith with respect to a  pro forma event within eighteen months of the date of such pro forma event and that are reasonable and factually supportable, as if all such reductions in costs had been
effected as of the beginning of such period, decreased by any incremental expenses incurred or to be incurred during such period in order to achieve such reduction in costs. 

“Public Company” means any Person with a class or series of Voting Stock that is traded on a stock exchange or in the
over-the-counter market. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2012,
by and between E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company and Flash Bermuda Co. Ltd., as amended up to and including the Issue Date. 

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A). 

“Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following
conditions: 
 (1) the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified
Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, 

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Receivables
Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Dutch Co-Issuer), and 
 (3) the financing terms,
covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by Dutch Co-Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a
Receivables Subsidiary) to secure any Credit Agreement shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing. 

  
 -28- 

 “Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if
Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of Dutch Co Issuer’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3 under the Exchange Act selected by Dutch
Co-Issuer or any parent of Dutch Co-Issuer as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Receivables
Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with, any Receivables Financing. 
 “Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be
entered into by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Dutch Co-Issuer or any
of its Subsidiaries), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of
its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts
receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered
into by Dutch Co-Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable. 
 “Receivables Repurchase
Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a
receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer (or another Person formed for the
purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with Dutch Co-Issuer in which Dutch Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer makes an Investment and to which Dutch Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer transfers accounts
receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and
other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and: 

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Dutch
Co-Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Dutch
Co-Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Dutch Co-Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer, directly or
indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, 

(b) with which neither Dutch Co-Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer has any material contract, agreement,
arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Dutch Co-Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Dutch Co-Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Dutch
Co-Issuer, and 
 (c) to which neither Dutch Co-Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer has any obligation to
maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 

  
 -29- 

 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer shall be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing
conditions. 
 “Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means, in the case of the
Initial Notes, January 15 and July 15 (whether or not a Business Day) and, in the case of any Additional Notes, such record date (whether or not a Business Day) as may be designated by the Issuers in accordance with the provisions
Section 2.2, in each case, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S
promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or
Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable. 
 “Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash
Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be
Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless such Person is, or upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become, a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Related Taxes” means any taxes, charges or assessments, including, but not limited to, sales, use, transfer, rental, ad
valorem, value-added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar taxes, charges or assessments (other than U.S. federal, state or local income taxes), required to
be paid by Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer by virtue of its being incorporated or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other
than Dutch Co-Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer), or being a holding company parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer or
receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, or having guaranteed any obligations of Dutch Co-Issuer or any
Subsidiary thereof, or having made any payment in respect of any of the items for which Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is permitted to make payments to any parent pursuant to Section 3.4 or acquiring, developing, maintaining,
owning, prosecuting, protecting or defending its intellectual property and associated rights (including but not limited to receiving or paying royalties for the use thereof) relating to the business or businesses of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary
thereof. 
 “Replacement Assets” means (1) substantially all the assets of a Person primarily engaged in a Similar
Business or (2) a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person primarily engaged in a Similar Business that shall become, on the date of acquisition thereof, a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means, in relation to the Initial Notes, the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of
(A) the day on which the Initial Notes are offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (B) the Issue Date; and, in relation to any Additional Notes that bear the Private Placement
Legend, the comparable period of 40 consecutive days. 

  
 -30- 

 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of a Person other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of Dutch Co-Issuer. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by Dutch Co-Issuer or
a Restricted Subsidiary whereby Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between Dutch Co-Issuer and a Restricted
Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a
Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Senior Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement to be entered into on or around the Issue Date among
Dutch Co-Issuer, U.S. Co-Issuer, Parent, Coatings Co. U.S. Inc., the financial institutions named therein and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, as described under “Description of New Senior Secured Credit Facilities” in the
Offering Circular, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time, and (if
designated by Dutch Co-Issuer) as replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including (if designated by Dutch
Co-Issuer) any agreement or indenture or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness
under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof (provided
that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 3.3 of this Indenture) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of Dutch
Co-Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 
 “Similar Business” means any
business engaged or proposed to be engaged in by DPC on the Issue Date, and any business or other activities that are similar, ancillary, complementary, incidental or related to, or an extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which
DPC is engaged following the Acquisition on the Issue Date. 
 “Sponsor” means Carlyle Partners V, L.P., Carlyle Europe
Partners III, L.P., one or more investment funds advised, managed or controlled by either of the foregoing and, in each case (whether individually or as a group), Affiliates of the foregoing (but excluding any operating portfolio companies of the
foregoing). 

  
 -31- 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties,
covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer which Dutch Co-Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation,
those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the
final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the
happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
 “Subordinated
Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuers, any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such
Guarantor which is by its terms expressly subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with
respect to any Person (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock is at
the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar
entity of which (x) more than 50.0% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or
one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is
a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any Person that is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the specified Person in accordance with GAAP. 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer that executes this Indenture as a Guarantor on
the Issue Date and each other Restricted Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer that Incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person
automatically ceases to be a Guarantor. 
 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form
of Exhibit A hereof bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend, and the Temporary Regulation S Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903. 
 “Temporary Regulation S Legend”
means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d). 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of Dutch
Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis as set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio. 
 “Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and as described in the Offering
Circular under the heading “The Transactions,” including the borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement and the issuance of the Notes and the Euro Senior Secured Notes and the payment of related fees and expenses. 

  
 -32- 

 “Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to
maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to February 1, 2016, in the
case of the Initial Notes, or to such other first optional redemption date as may be designated by the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2, in the case of any Additional Notes; provided, however, that
if the period from such redemption date to February 1, 2016 or to such other first optional redemption date, as applicable, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a
constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 “Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust
administration department of the Trustee, with direct responsibility for performing the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such
matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Trustee”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes
that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a
permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or
on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the
Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer pursuant to Section 3.14; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 “U.S. Co-Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in each
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government
Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is
not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the
U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “U.S. Guarantor” means any Guarantor that (1) is
organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (2) is not a Subsidiary of a CFC and (3) is not a CFC Holdco. 

  
 -33- 

 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person that is at the time entitled to vote (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the
case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or
similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person 100.0% of the outstanding
Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be
owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

		
	 “2002 Law”
	  	10.1(o)(i)
	 “actual knowledge”
	  	7.2(g)
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	2.15
	 “Additional Notes”
	  	2.2
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	3.8(a)
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(d)
	 “Amount”
	  	10.1(o)(i)
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.7(c)
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.2
	 “Change in Tax Law”
	  	5.9(b)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	3.9(b)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	3.9(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	3.9(b)(iii)
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.1(c)
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	3.15(a)
	 “cross-stream guarantee”
	  	10.1(k)
	 “Defaulted Interest”
	  	2.12
	 “Directive”
	  	2.3
	 “DTC”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	3.7(c)
	 “French Guarantor”
	  	10.1(m)
	 “German Guarantor”
	  	10.1(n)
	 “Guarantor Obligations”
	  	10.1(a)
	 “IAIs”
	  	2.2
	 “IPO”
	  	3.4(b)(iv)
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.1(c)
	 “Luxembourg Guarantor”
	  	10.1(o)(i)

  
 -34- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

		
	 “Luxembourg Subordinated Debt”
	  	10.1(o)(i)
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	5.8(a)
	 “Offer Period”
	  	5.8(a)
	 “Offer to Repurchase”
	  	5.8
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.3
	 “Payor”
	  	2.15
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	3.3(b)
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	5.8(a)
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	5.4
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	3.3(b)(xiv)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	3.4(b)(ii)(a)
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3
	 “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”
	  	2.15
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.1(c) and (d)
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	3.4(a)
	 “Retired Capital Stock”
	  	3.4(b)(ii)(a)
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	3.15(b)
	 “Special Interest Payment Date”
	  	2.12(a)
	 “Special Record Date”
	  	2.12(a)
	 “Successor Company”
	  	4.1(a)(i)
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	4.1(b)(i)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	3.15(a)
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	3.15(b)
	 “Swedish Guarantor”
	  	10.1(l)
	 “Swiss Available Amount”
	  	10.1(k)
	 “Swiss Guarantor”
	  	10.1(k)
	 “Taxes”
	  	2.15
	 “Tax Redemption Date”
	  	5.9
	 “Unpaid Amount”
	  	3.4(b)(ii)(c)
	 “up-stream guarantee”
	  	10.1(k)

 SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c) “or” is not exclusive; 

(d) “including” means including without limitation; 

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(f) (i) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its
nature as unsecured Indebtedness; (ii) Secured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to other Secured Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral; and (iii) Indebtedness
shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral; 

  
 -35- 

 (g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or Exchange Act
shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause”
refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and 
 (i) the words “herein,”
“hereof” and “hereunder” and any other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision. 

ARTICLE II 
 The Notes 

SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating. 

(a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, the terms
of which are incorporated in and made a part hereof. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements approved as to form by the Issuers, and required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuers are subject or usage. Each Note
shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in minimum denominations of $150,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(b) The Notes shall initially be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes and The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”),
its nominees, and their respective successors, shall act as the Depositary with respect thereto. Each Global Note (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) shall be
delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions, and (iii) shall bear a Global Note Legend in substantially the following form: 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
INDENTURE AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN
THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE
OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 

  
 -36- 

 (c) Except as permitted by Section 2.6(g), any Note not registered under the
Securities Act shall bear the following Private Placement Legend on the face thereof: 
 THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED,
ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY
INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE
ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A
PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN
RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN
THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN
A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR
TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE
RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED
THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS NOTE CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
(“ERISA”), A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS 

  
 -37- 

 
AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY,
“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW. 

(d) The Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE,
PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN
DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 of REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT
PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE
UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A
U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 -38- 

 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND
WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS NOTE CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS
AMENDED (“ERISA”), A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL,
NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN,
ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW. 

Members of, or Participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to
any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all
purposes whatsoever, including but not limited to notices and payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification,
proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, any notice to be delivered to DTC (including, but not limited to, a notice of redemption) may be delivered electronically by the Trustee or the Issuers in accordance with applicable procedures of DTC. 

SECTION 2.2. Form of Execution and Authentication. An Officer shall sign the Notes for each of the Issuers by manual or facsimile
signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall
nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature of the
Trustee shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee shall authenticate
(i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $750,000,000, and (ii) subject to compliance with Section 3.3, one or more series of Notes (“Additional Notes”) for
original issue after the Issue Date (such Notes to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A) in an unlimited amount, in each case upon written order of each of the Issuers signed by an Officer of each of the Issuers (an
“Authentication Order”), which Authentication Order shall, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes, certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 3.3. In addition, each such Authentication Order shall
specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the securities are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on the date of
authentication, and shall further specify the amount of such Notes to be issued as Global Notes or Definitive Notes. Such Notes shall initially be in the form of one or more Global Notes, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in
an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Notes to be issued, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (iii) shall be held by the Trustee as Notes Custodian. 

  
 -39- 

 The Issuers shall have the right to designate the maturity date, interest rate and optional
redemption provisions applicable to each series of Additional Notes, which may differ from the maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions applicable to the Initial Notes. Additional Notes that differ with respect to maturity
date, interest rate or optional redemption provisions from the Initial Notes will constitute a different series of Notes from the Initial Notes. Additional Notes that have the same maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions as
the Initial Notes will be treated as the same series as the Initial Notes unless otherwise designated by the Issuers. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2(a), the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture
shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and no series of Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. The Issuers shall also have, subject to the provisions of Section 9.2(a), the
right to vary the application of the provisions of this Indenture to any series of Additional Notes. 
 The Initial Notes and any
Additional Notes shall be resold initially only to (A) QIBs and (B) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among
others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rules 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities Act) who are not QIBs (“IAIs”) in accordance
with Rule 501 of the Securities Act in accordance with the procedures described herein. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent
reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the
Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers. 

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (including any co-registrar, the “Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Issuers
may elect to maintain a Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union; provided that the Issuers may not elect to maintain a paying agent in any European Union member state if the maintenance of the Paying Agent in such member state
requires or permits the withholding or deduction of tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC regarding the taxation of savings income (the “Directive”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their
transfer and exchange and, upon written request from the Issuers, the Registrar shall provide the Issuers with a copy of such register to enable them to maintain a register of the Notes at their registered offices. The Issuers may appoint one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers
shall notify the Trustee in writing and the Trustee shall notify the Holders of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. The Issuers
shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions hereof that relate to such Agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of
any such Agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.6. 

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and to act as Notes Custodian with respect to the Notes. 

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in
writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing
of any Default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held
by such Paying Agent to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than either of the Issuers) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If either of the Issuers acts as Paying Agent, it
shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. 

  
 -40- 

 SECTION 2.5. Lists of Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a
form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least
seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, including the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each thereof, and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
 SECTION
2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except, as a
whole, by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor
Depositary. Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes, subject to any applicable laws, only (i) if the Issuers deliver to the Trustee written notice from the Depositary that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to
continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or that is it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Issuers fail to appoint a successor Depositary within 120 days after the date of such notice
from the Depositary; (ii) the Issuers in their sole discretion determine that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided
that in no event shall the Temporary Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant
to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or (iii) upon request of the Trustee or Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with
respect to the Notes. In any such case, the Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing that, upon surrender by the Participants and Indirect Participants of their interests in such Global Note, certificated Notes shall be issued to each Person that
such Participants, Indirect Participants and DTC jointly identify as being the beneficial owner of the related Notes. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.10. Every Note
authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.6 or Section 2.7 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and
shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.6(a). However, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in
Section 2.6(b) or (c) below. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The
transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject
to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth in this Indenture to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with the applicable subparagraphs below.

 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be
transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, no transfer of beneficial interests in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note may be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser) unless
permitted by applicable law and made in compliance with Sections 2.6(b)(ii) and (iii) below. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.6(b)(i) unless specifically stated above. 

  
 -41- 

 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.6(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a
Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial
interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase, or (B) (1) if Definitive Notes
are at such time permitted to be issued pursuant to this Indenture, a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a
Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be
registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to
(A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of
beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.6(i)
below. 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global
Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.6(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note or the
Permanent Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (iv)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.6(b)(ii)
above, and 
 (A) the Registrar receives the following: 

(y) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(z) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 -42- 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the Registrar or the Issuers so
request or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel of the Holder or the Issuers (except in the case the Issuers have so requested) in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (A) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall
issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (A) above. 
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(i) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes. Subject to
Section 2.6(a), if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C)
if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof, if applicable; 

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof; 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.6(i) below,
and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the certificate a Restricted Definitive Note in the 

  
 -43- 

 
appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.6(c) shall be
registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The
Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.6(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.6(c)(1)(A)
and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of
the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
 (iii) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
for Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.6(a), a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
 (A) the Registrar
receives the following: 
 (y) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange
such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(z) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof, 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the Registrar or the Issuers so request or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel of the Holder or the Issuers (except in the case the Issuers have so requested) in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to
Section 2.6(a), if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.6(b)(ii) above, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be
reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.6(i) below, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the certificate an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal
amount. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.6(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of
such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so
registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.6(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 -44- 

 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(i) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a
Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such
Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C)
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by
item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuers or any of
their Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall
cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and
in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
 (ii) Transfer and
Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted
Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 

(A) the Registrar receives the following: 

(y) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(z) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 -45- 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the Registrar or the Issuers so
request or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel of the Holder or the Issuers (except in the case the Issuers have so requested) in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.6(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the
Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (iii) Transfer
and Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable
Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 

If any such exchange or transfer from an Unrestricted Definitive Note or a Restricted Definitive Note, as the case may be, to a beneficial
interest is effected pursuant to (d)(ii)(A) or (d)(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, as the case may be, so
transferred. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and
such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present
or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the
requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.6(e). 

(i) Transfer of Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and
registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the
transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act,
then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including, if the Issuers so request, a certification and/or Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such transfer is
in compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (ii) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if 

  
 -46- 

 (A) the Registrar receives the following: 

(y) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(z) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the Registrar or the Issuers so request, an Opinion of Counsel of the Holder or
the Issuers (except in the case the Issuers so request) in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this
Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iii)
Transfer of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt
of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 

(f) Temporary Regulation S Global Note. 

(i) Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, which
shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of
Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. 
 (ii) During the
Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred (A) to the Issuers, (B) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S (other than a
transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note) or (C) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any
State of the United States; and beneficial interests in a 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period,
only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable). 

(iii) Within a reasonable period after expiration or termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in each Temporary Regulation
S Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note upon delivery to DTC of the certification of compliance and the transfer of applicable Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with
the authentication of the corresponding Permanent Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the corresponding Temporary Regulation S Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of a Temporary Regulation S Global Note and a Permanent
Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.6, a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global
Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any
certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 

  
 -47- 

 (g) Private Placement Legend. 

(i) Except as permitted by subparagraph (ii) below, each Restricted Global Note and each Restricted Definitive Note (and all Notes
issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.6 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the
Private Placement Legend. 
 (h) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear the Global Note Legend. 

(i) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been
exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global
Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to
reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased
accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(j) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2 or at the Registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge
payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.10, 3.7, 3.9, 5.7, 5.8 and 9.4). 

(iii) [Intentionally omitted]. 

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be
the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits hereof, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(v) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a
period beginning at the opening of business on a Business Day 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note
so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the
Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. 

  
 -48- 

 (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2.2. 
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the
Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.6 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronically. 

(ix) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed
under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other
documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

(x) Neither the Trustee, the Issuers nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. 

(xi) Affiliates of the Issuers, including investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor, may acquire, hold and dispose of the Notes and
exercise voting, consent and other similar rights with respect to such Notes (subject to the express restrictions contained in this Indenture). 

(k) Public Offer Test. 

(i) Neither the Notes nor any interest in the Notes may be acquired by or transferred to any person known or suspected by either Issuer or
any Australian Party to be an Associate of any Issuer, any Australian Party or any other Guarantor that is a tax resident in Australia or acting as Guarantor through a Permanent Establishment in Australia. 

(ii) Each Holder that acquires Notes (or an interest in the Notes) or to whom Notes are (or an interest in the Notes is) transferred is
deemed to represent and warrant that, except as disclosed to the Issuers and each Australian Party, it is not, so far as its relevant officers involved in the transaction on a day to day basis are actually aware, an Offshore Associate of any Issuer,
any Australian Party or any other Guarantor that is a tax resident in Australia or acting as Guarantor through a Permanent Establishment in Australia. 

SECTION 2.7. Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuers and the Trustee receive evidence
to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacements of Notes
are met. The Holder must supply indemnity or security sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee (with respect to the Trustee) and the Issuers (with respect to the Issuers) to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent or any authenticating agent
from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge for their fees and expenses in replacing a Note including amounts to cover any tax, assessment, fee or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in relation thereto. 
 Every replacement Note is an obligation of the Issuers. 

SECTION 2.8. Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those
canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. 
 If a Note
is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 

  
 -49- 

 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 3.1 hereof, it
shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue. 
 Subject to Section 2.9, a Note does not cease to be
outstanding because either of the Issuers, a Subsidiary of either of the Issuers or an Affiliate of either of the Issuers holds the Note. 

SECTION 2.9. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite majority of outstanding Notes have concurred in any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, waiver or consent (other than in respect of any action pursuant to Section 9.2(a), which requires the consent of each Holder of an affected Note), Notes owned by the Issuers, any
Subsidiary of either of the Issuers or any Affiliate of either of the Issuers shall be disregarded and considered as though not outstanding, except that for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer actually knows to be owned by the Issuers, any Subsidiary of either of the Issuers, or any Affiliate of either of the Issuers shall be considered
as not outstanding. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuers shall promptly furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Issuers to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the
above-described persons, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such
determination. 
 SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the
Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without
unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights,
benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee
for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of all canceled Notes in its customary manner (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee), and upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee shall
deliver copies of such canceled Notes to the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

SECTION 2.12. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided
for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuers
maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3. 
 Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the
same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent
lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuers, at their election in each case,
as provided in clause (a) or (b) below: 
 (a) The Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to
the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following
manner. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee) of the
proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with 

  
 -50- 

 
the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements for such deposit prior to the date of the
proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Issuers shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”)
for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.
The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee of such Special Record Date and shall, or at the written request and in the name and expense of the Issuers, the Trustee shall, cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the
Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.1, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and
the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are
registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b). 

(b) The Issuers may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of
any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (b), such manner of payment
shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 
 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this
Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers (if
then generally in use). The Trustee shall not be responsible for the use of CUSIP or ISIN numbers, and the Trustee makes no representation as to their correctness as printed on any Note or notice to Holders. The Issuers shall promptly notify the
Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers. A separate CUSIP or ISIN number will be issued for any Additional Notes, unless (i) the Initial Notes and such Additional Notes have the same maturity date, interest rate and
optional redemption provisions and are treated as “fungible” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) both the Initial Notes and such Additional Notes are issued in the same series (as set forth in Section 2.2 without
(or with less than a de minimis amount of) original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (iii) another then-recognized identifier is used. 

SECTION 2.14. Record Date. The Record Date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any
action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316(c). 
 SECTION
2.15. Additional Amounts. All payments made by any Issuer or any Guarantor or any successor in interest to any of the foregoing (each, a “Payor”) on or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee will be made without
withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other similar governmental charge (collectively, “Taxes”) unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. If any
deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of: 
 (a) any jurisdiction
(other than the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having power to tax) from or through which payment on the Notes or any Guarantee is made by such Payor, or any political subdivision or
governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax; or 
 (b) any other jurisdiction (other than the United
States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax) in which a Payor that actually makes a payment on the Notes or its Guarantee is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident for tax
purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax, 

  
 -51- 

 (each of clause (a) and (b), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), will at any time be
required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the
“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or
withholding from such Additional Amounts), will not be less than the amounts that would have been received in respect of such payments on the Notes or the Guarantees in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however,
that no such Additional Amounts will be payable for or on account of: 
 (i) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed or
levied but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the relevant Holder, if such Holder is an
estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or
being physically present in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) but excluding, in each case, any connection arising solely from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Notes or the receipt of any payment in respect thereof; 

(ii) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed or levied if the Holder of the Note had complied with a reasonable request
in writing of the Payor (such request being made at a time that would enable such holder acting reasonably to comply with that request) to make a declaration of nonresidence or any other claim or filing or satisfy any certification, information or
reporting requirement for exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, withholding to which it is entitled (provided that such declaration of nonresidence or other claim, filing or requirement is required by the applicable law, treaty,
regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from the requirement to deduct or withhold all or a part of any such Taxes); 

(iii) any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding from a payment on the Notes or any Guarantee; 

(iv) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes; 

(v) any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld on a payment pursuant to the Directive or any law implementing, or
introduced in order to conform to, the Directive; 
 (vi) any Taxes imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment
by or on behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accepting payment from, another paying agent in a member state of the European Union; 

(vii) any Taxes imposed pursuant to the Directive, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform
to, the Directive; 
 (viii) any Taxes payable under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of the
Offering Circular (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements (including any
intergovernmental agreements) entered into pursuant thereto; or 
 (ix) any combination of the above. 

Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable (x) if the payment could have been made without such deduction or withholding if the
beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment (where presentation is required) within 30 days after the relevant payment was first made available for payment to the Holder or (y) where, had the beneficial owner of the Note been
the Holder of the Note, such beneficial owner would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of any of clauses (i) to (viii) inclusive above. 

  
 -52- 

 The Payor will (1) make any required withholding or deduction and (2) remit the full
amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. Upon request, the Payor will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the
payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each relevant taxing authority of each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee. If, notwithstanding the efforts of such Payor to obtain
such receipts, the same are not obtainable, such Payor will provide the Trustee with other reasonable evidence. Such receipts or other evidence will be made available by the Trustee to Holders on request. 

If any Payor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts under or with respect to any payment made on the Notes, at least 30 days prior to
the date of such payment, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay
Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to the relevant payment date, in which case the Payor shall deliver such Officer’s Certificate and such
other information as promptly as practicable after the date that is 30 days prior to the payment date, but no less than five Business Days prior thereto, and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of DTC). 

Wherever in this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee there is mentioned, in any context: 

(1) the payment of principal, 

(2) redemption prices or purchase prices in connection with a redemption or purchase of Notes, 

(3) interest, or 

(4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Guarantee, 

such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described in this Section 2.15 to the extent that, in such context,
Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 The Payor will pay any present or future stamp, court or
documentary Taxes, or any other excise, property or similar Taxes that arise in any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, issuance, initial resale, registration or enforcement of any Notes, this Indenture or any other document
or instrument in relation thereto (other than a transfer of the Notes). The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any
successor to a Payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident for Tax purposes or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. 

The Issuers and the Guarantors shall ensure that no proceeds raised under the Notes will be used in a manner which would constitute a
“use of proceeds in Switzerland” as interpreted by Swiss tax authorities for the purposes of Swiss Withholding Tax (Verrechnungssteuer), except and to the extent that a written confirmation or tax ruling countersigned by the Swiss
Federal Tax Administration (Eidgenössische Steuerverwaltung) has been obtained confirming that the intended “use of proceeds in Switzerland” if guaranteed by a Swiss resident Guarantor does not result in the Notes qualifying as
a Swiss notes issue for Swiss Withholding Tax purposes. 
 SECTION 2.16. Conversion of Currency. The U.S. dollar is the sole
currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuers or any Guarantor under or in connection with the Notes, this Indenture and the Guarantees, including damages. Any amount with respect to the Notes, Indenture or Guarantees received
or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars, whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuers or any Guarantor or otherwise by any Holder or by
the Trustee, in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuers or any Guarantor will only constitute a discharge to the Issuers or any Guarantor to the extent of the U.S. dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the
amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). 

  
 -53- 

 If that U.S. dollar amount is less than the U.S. dollar amount expressed to be due to the
recipient or the Trustee, the Issuers and each Guarantor will indemnify such recipient and/or the Trustee against any loss sustained by it as a result. In any event, the Issuers and each Guarantor will indemnify the recipient against the cost of
making any such purchase. For the purposes of this currency indemnity provision, it will be prima facie evidence of the matter stated therein, for the holder of a Note or the Trustee to certify in a manner satisfactory to the Issuers
(indicating the sources of information used) the loss it incurred in making any such purchase. These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuers’ and each Guarantor’s other obligations, will give rise to a
separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any Holder or the Trustee (other than a waiver of the indemnities set out herein) and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment,
order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any note or to the Trustee. For the purposes of determining the amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount shall be determined using the Exchange Rate then
in effect. 
 ARTICLE III 

Covenants 
 SECTION 3.1.
Payment of Notes. The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be
considered paid on the date due if by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Trustee
or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuers may, to the extent they are required to do so by law,
deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder. Either Issuer or any other Payor may withhold from any interest payment made on any Note to or for the benefit of
any Person who is not a “United States person” (as such term is defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) U.S. federal withholding tax, and pay such withheld amounts to the Internal Revenue Service, unless such Person provides
documentation to such Issuer or other Payor such that an exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax would apply to such payment if interest on such Note were treated entirely as income from sources within the United States for U.S. federal income
tax purposes. 
 SECTION 3.2. Reports and Other Information. 

(a) Dutch Co-Issuer shall provide to the Trustee and, upon request, to the Holders a copy of all of the following information and reports:

 (i) within 90 days (145 days for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012) after the end of each fiscal year (or such longer period
as may be permitted by the SEC if Dutch Co-Issuer were then subject to SEC reporting requirements as a non-accelerated filer), annual audited financial statements for such fiscal year including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to the periods presented and a report on the annual financial statements by Dutch Co-Issuer’s independent registered public accounting firm (all of the foregoing financial
information to be prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in the Offering Circular), 

(ii) within 45 days (90 days for the first fiscal quarter ending after the Issue Date and 60 days for the second fiscal quarter ending after
the Issue Date) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such longer period as may be permitted by the SEC if Dutch Co-Issuer 

  
 -54- 

 
were then subject to SEC reporting requirements as a non-accelerated filer), unaudited financial statements for the interim period as of, and for the period ending on, the end of such fiscal
quarter including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (all of the foregoing financial information to be prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding
financial information included in the Offering Circular), and 
 (iii) within the time period specified for filing current reports on Form
8-K by the SEC, current reports containing information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be filed in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date pursuant to Sections 1 and 4,
and Items 2.01, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 5.01, 5.02(a)(1), 5.02(b), 5.02(c)(1) and (3), 5.02(d)(1), (2), (3) and (4) (other than compensation information), 5.03(b) and Item 9.01 (only to the extent relating to any of the foregoing) of Form
8-K (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, financial statements and exhibits that would be required pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, other than financial statements and pro forma financial information required pursuant to clause
(a) or (b) of Item 9.01 of Form 8-K (in each case relating to transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 2.01 of Form 8-K) to the extent available (as determined by Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith, which determination
shall be conclusive)) if Dutch Co-Issuer were a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided that no such current report shall be required to be furnished if Dutch Co-Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not
material to Holders or to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or if Dutch Co-Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such disclosure would
otherwise cause material competitive harm to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, further, that such non-disclosure shall be limited
only to those specific provisions that would cause material competitive harm and not the occurrence of the event itself; 
  provided, however,
that in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and, upon request, the Holders, Dutch Co-Issuer will make available to the Holders, prospective investors in the Notes, market makers in the Notes affiliated with any Initial Purchaser
and securities analysts (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes) such information by (A) posting to the website of either of the Issuers or on IntraLinks or any comparable password-protected online data system, in each
case, within 15 days after the time Dutch Co-Issuer would be required to provide such information pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, as applicable, or (B) otherwise providing substantially comparable availability of such
reports (as determined by Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith) (it being understood that, without limitation, making such reports available on Bloomberg or another comparable private electronic information service shall constitute substantially comparable
availability). 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Dutch Co-Issuer shall not be required to furnish any information,
certificates or reports required by (A) Section 302, Section 404 or Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K or (B) Regulation G or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K
promulgated by the SEC with respect to any non-generally accepted accounting principles financial measures contained therein, (ii) such reports shall not be required to contain the separate financial statements or other information contemplated
by Rule 3-05, Rule 3-09, Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, (iii) to the extent pro forma financial information regarding the Transactions is required to be provided by Dutch Co-Issuer,
Dutch Co-Issuer may provide only pro forma revenues, net income, income before extraordinary items and the cumulative effect of accounting changes, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA (as such term is defined in the Offering Circular), senior secured
debt, total debt and capital expenditures in lieu thereof and (iv) such reports shall not be required to present compensation or beneficial ownership information. 

(c) For so long as Dutch Co-Issuer has designated certain of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual
financial information required to be provided by this Section 3.2 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, or in the “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and
results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Dutch Co-Issuer. 

  
 -55- 

 (d) In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, Dutch Co-Issuer shall agree that,
for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors in the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act (or any successor provision). 
 (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the financial statements, information, auditors’
reports and other documents required to be provided as described above, may be, rather than those of Dutch Co-Issuer, those of any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer; provided that, if the financial information so furnished relates
to such direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information
relating to Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 
 (f) Dutch Co-Issuer will be deemed
to have satisfied the reporting requirements of Section 3.2(a) if Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer has filed such reports containing such information (including the information required pursuant to the
first sentence of Section 3.2(e), which, for the avoidance of doubt, need not be filed with the SEC via EDGAR to the extent it is otherwise provided to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.2) with the SEC via the EDGAR (or
successor) filing system within the applicable time periods required by the SEC and such reports are publicly available. 
 (g) So long as
Notes are outstanding, Dutch Co-Issuer shall also: 
 (i) promptly after furnishing to the Trustee the annual and quarterly
reports required by Sections 3.2(a)(i) and (ii), hold a conference call to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and 

(ii) post to its website or on IntraLinks or any comparable password-protected online data system, which shall require a
confidentiality acknowledgment (but not restrict the recipients of such information from trading securities of Dutch Co-Issuer or its affiliates), prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with
Section 3.2(g)(i), the time and date of such conference call and either all information necessary to access the call or inform the Holders, prospective investors in the Notes, market makers in the Notes affiliated with any Initial
Purchaser and securities analysts (to the extent providing analysis of an investment in the Notes) how they can obtain such information, including, without limitation, the applicable password or other login information. 

(h) Any Person who requests or accesses such financial information or seeks to participate in any conference calls required by this covenant
shall be required to represent to the Issuers (to the Issuers’ reasonable good faith satisfaction) that: 
 (i) it is a
Holder of the Notes, a beneficial owner of the Notes, a prospective investor in the Notes or a market maker in the Notes; 

(ii) it shall not use the information in violation of applicable securities laws or regulations; 

(iii) it shall keep such provided information confidential and shall not communicate the information to any Person; and 

(iv) it is not a Person (which includes such Person’s Affiliates) that (i) is principally engaged in a Similar
Business or (ii) derives a significant portion of its revenues from operation of a Similar Business. 
 (i) Delivery of reports,
information and documents (including without limitation reports contemplated under this Section 3.2) to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any
information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

  
 -56- 

 SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock. 
 (a) (1) Dutch Co-Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (2) Dutch Co-Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided,
however, that Dutch Co-Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, further,
that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that may be Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries shall not exceed the greater of
(x) $200.0 million and (y) 3.00% of Total Assets, at any one time outstanding, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom). 

(b) The foregoing limitations shall not apply to (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 

(i) the Incurrence by Dutch Co-Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement, the guarantees
thereof and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $3,635.0 million outstanding at any one time; 
 (ii) the Incurrence by the Issuers and the
Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (not including any Additional Notes) and the Guarantees thereof, as applicable; 

(iii) Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness
described in clause (i) or (ii)), including the Euro Notes (but not including any additional notes issued under the Euro Notes Indenture); 

(iv) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capitalized Lease Obligations and mortgage financings as purchase money
obligations) Incurred by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, Disqualified Stock issued by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiaries to finance all or any part
of the purchase, lease, construction, installation, repair or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment or other fixed or capital assets (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning
such assets) and Indebtedness arising from the conversion of the obligations of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under or pursuant to any “synthetic lease” transactions to on-balance sheet Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, including all Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness
Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed the greater of (x) $150.0 million and (y) 2.25% of Total Assets, at any one time outstanding; 

(v) Indebtedness Incurred by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with
respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, (x) letters of credit or 

  
 -57- 

 performance or surety bonds in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability
or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health,
disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance and (y) guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by customers in connection with the purchase or other acquisition of equipment or
supplies in the ordinary course of business; 
 (vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Dutch Co-Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, earn-outs, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of either of the
Issuers in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; 

(vii) Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (x) such Indebtedness owing to a
Non-Guarantor Subsidiary shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Issuers’ Obligations with respect to the Notes and (y) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such
Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Dutch Co-Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such
Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii); 
 (viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to
Dutch Co-Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another
Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to Dutch Co-Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of
shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii); 
 (ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Dutch
Co-Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (x) if U.S. Co-Issuer or a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to U.S. Co-Issuer’s
Obligations with respect to the Euro Notes or Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable, and (y) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness
ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Dutch Co-Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by
this clause (ix); 
 (x) Hedging Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes);

 (xi) obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of
performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference that, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant
to this clause (xii), does not exceed the greater of (x) $225.0 million and (y) 3.50% of Total Assets, at any one time outstanding (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred pursuant to this
clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding pursuant to this clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred and outstanding pursuant to Section 3.3(a) from and after the first date on which Dutch Co-Issuer, or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3.3(a)); 

  
 -58- 

 (xiii) any guarantee by Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of
Indebtedness or other obligations of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this
Indenture; 
 (xiv) the Incurrence by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to refund, refinance, replace, redeem, repurchase, retire or defease, and is in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount an aggregate issue price) that
is equal to or less than, Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, as permitted under Section 3.3(a) or Section 3.3(b)(ii), (iii), (xiv), (xv), (xviii) or
(xxx) or any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund, replace, refinance, redeem, repurchase, retire or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, plus any additional
Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing
Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is not less than the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced, replaced, redeemed, repurchased or retired; 

(2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced,
replaced, redeemed, repurchased or retired; 
 (3) to the extent that such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances
(i) Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and 

(4) shall not include (x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that
refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or a Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that
refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 provided that subclause (1) shall not apply to
any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness; 
 (xv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
(i) of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person and (ii) of any Person that is acquired by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger,
consolidation or amalgamation and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, either: 
 (1)
Dutch Co-Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant; or 

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Dutch Co-Issuer is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition,
merger, consolidation or amalgamation; 

  
 -59- 

 (xvi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; 

(xvii) Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued
pursuant to any Credit Agreement, so long as such letter of credit has not been terminated and in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee; 

(xviii) Contribution Indebtedness; 

(xix) Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums
or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 

(xx) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $200.0
million and (y) 3.00% of Total Assets, at any one time outstanding (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding pursuant to this clause (xx) but
shall be deemed Incurred and outstanding pursuant to Section 3.3(a) from and after the first date on which such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary could have Incurred such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.3(a)); 

(xxi) Indebtedness of a joint venture to Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and to the other holders of Equity
Interests of such joint venture, so long as the percentage of the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness of such joint venture owed to such holders of its Equity Interests does not exceed the percentage of the aggregate outstanding amount of the
Equity Interests of such joint venture held by such holders; 
 (xxii) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a
Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); 

(xxiii) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of
business of Dutch Co-Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements, including cash pooling arrangements, to manage cash balances of Dutch Co-Issuer and
the Restricted Subsidiaries, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit, purchasing or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protection, credit
card programs, automatic clearinghouse arrangements and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts; 

(xxiv) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to future, current or
former officers, directors, managers, employees, consultants and independent contractors thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or
redemption of Equity Interests of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of Dutch Co-Issuer to the extent described in Section 3.4(b)(iv); 

(xxv) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (xxvi) Indebtedness Incurred by Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange, warehouse receipts or similar facilities or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case Incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of
business; 

  
 -60- 

 (xxvii) Indebtedness Incurred by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to
the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited with the Trustee to satisfy and discharge the Notes in accordance with this Indenture; 

(xxviii) (i) guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations to suppliers, customers,
franchisees, lessors, licensees, sub-licensees and distribution partners and (ii) Indebtedness Incurred by Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of leases entered into by Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of business on behalf of customers for equipment to be used by Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, such customers or a subcontractor in providing services to a customer and for which Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary shall be reimbursed by such customer; 
 (xxix) the incurrence by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Indebtedness consisting of guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by Permitted Joint Ventures; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness guaranteed pursuant to this clause (xxix) does not at any one time outstanding
exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 0.75% of Total Assets; 
 (xxx) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference
that, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, does not exceed $125.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued or Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxx); 
 (xxxi) Indebtedness arising as
a result of (the establishment of) a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) between Dutch Co-Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiaries incorporated in the Netherlands; and 

(xxxii) Indebtedness pursuant to a declaration of joint and several liability used for the purpose of Section 2:403 of the
Dutch Civil Code (and any residual liability under such declaration arising pursuant to Section 2:404(2) of the Dutch Civil Code). 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, Dutch Co-Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, at the
time of Incurrence, divide, classify or reclassify, or at any later time divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this
covenant; provided that all Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Agreement Incurred on or prior to the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(i) and Dutch Co-Issuer shall not be permitted
to reclassify all or any portion of Indebtedness Incurred on the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(i). Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the same
class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included
in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant. 

  
 -61- 

 For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the
Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the
case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar-equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a
foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced (plus the aggregate amount of premiums (including
reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees, discounts and expenses in connection therewith). 
 The principal amount of any
Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective
Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 
 SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 (a) Dutch Co-Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Dutch Co-Issuer’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Dutch Co-Issuer (other than (A) dividends or distributions by Dutch Co-Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of Dutch Co-Issuer; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a
Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series
of securities); 
 (ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Dutch
Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation; 

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case
prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of
(A) Subordinated Indebtedness of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption,
repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clause (vii) or (ix) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”); or 

(iv) make any Restricted Investment; 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (B) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction on a pro forma basis, Dutch Co-Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 3.3(a); and 

  
 -62- 

 (C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
Restricted Payments made by Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clause (i) or (viii) of Section 3.4(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments
permitted by Section 3.4(b)), is less than the sum of, without duplication; 
 (1) 50.0% of the Consolidated Net
Income of Dutch Co-Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on January 1, 2013 to the end of Dutch Co-Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of
such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100.0% of such deficit; plus 

(2) 100.0% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of assets other than cash, received by
Dutch Co-Issuer after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Dutch Co-Issuer (other than Excluded Equity), including such Equity Interests issued upon exercise of warrants or options; plus 

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of Dutch Co-Issuer received in cash and the Fair Market Value
of assets other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Equity); plus 
 (4) the principal amount of any
Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, in each case, of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness
or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent such employee stock ownership plan or trust has been funded by
Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary)) that, in each case, has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer (other than Excluded Equity); plus 

(5) 100.0% of the aggregate amount received by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value
of assets other than cash received by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from: 
 (A) the sale or other
disposition (other than to Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer) of Restricted Investments made by Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions
of such Restricted Investments from Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments;

 (B) the sale (other than to Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust
established by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent such employee stock ownership plan or trust has been funded by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary)) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
or 
 (C) any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus 

(6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated
or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of Dutch Co-Issuer in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, 

  
 -63- 

 
combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any
Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(x) or constituted a
Permitted Investment). 
 (b) The provisions of Section 3.4(a) shall not prohibit: 

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration
thereof or the giving of a redemption notice related thereto, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(ii) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital
Stock”) of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, or Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Guarantor, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the issuance or sale of, Equity Interests of Dutch
Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer or contributions to the equity capital of Dutch Co-Issuer (other than Excluded Equity) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); 

(b) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the issuance or sale
(other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock; and 

(c) if immediately prior to the retirement of the Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was
permitted under Section 3.4(b)(vi) and has not been made as of such time (the “Unpaid Amount”), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of
which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer) in an aggregate amount no greater than the Unpaid Amount; 

(iii) the prepayment, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of an
Issuer or any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the Incurrence of, Refinancing Indebtedness thereof; 

(iv) the purchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition (or Restricted Payments to Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or
indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer to finance any such purchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer held
directly or indirectly by any future, present or former employee, officer, director, manager, consultant or independent contractor of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer or their
estates. heirs, family members, former spouses or permitted transferees (including for all purposes of this clause (iv), Equity Interests held by any entity whose Equity Interests are held by any such future, present or former employee, officer,
director, manager, consultant or independent contractor or their estates, heirs, family members, former spouses or permitted transferees) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or
other agreement or arrangement or any stock subscription or shareholder or similar agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) shall not exceed (x) $15.0 million in any calendar year
or (y) subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer (an “IPO”), $30.0 million in any calendar year (with unused
amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the next two succeeding calendar years up to a maximum of (1) $25.0 million 

  
 -64- 

 
in the aggregate in any calendar year or (2) subsequent to the consummation of an IPO, $40.0 million in the aggregate in any calendar year); provided, further, however,
that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed; 
 (a) the cash proceeds received by
Dutch Co-Issuer from the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer (to the extent contributed to Dutch Co-Issuer), in each case, to any future, present
or former employees, officers, directors, managers, consultants or independent contractors of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date, other than in
connection with, or pursuant to, the Equity Contribution; provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount available for Restricted
Payments under Section 3.4(a)(C); plus 
 (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by
Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer (to the extent contributed to Dutch Co-Issuer ) and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; plus 

(c) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to employees, officers, directors, managers, consultants or independent
contractors of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests; less 

(d) the amount of cash proceeds described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this clause (iv) previously used to make
Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (iv) (provided that Dutch Co-Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (a), (b) and (c) above in any calendar year); in addition,
cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, current or former officer, director, employee, manager, consultant or independent contractor (or any permitted transferees thereof) of Dutch
Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof), in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer from such Persons shall
not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provisions of this Indenture; 

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Dutch
Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiaries issued or Incurred in accordance with Section 3.3; 

(vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) and the declaration and payment of dividends to Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, the proceeds of which shall be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or
series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer issued after the Issue Date; provided, however, that (A) for the most recently ended four
full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a
pro forma basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Dutch Co-Issuer would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds
actually received by Dutch Co-Issuer from the sale (or the contribution of the net cash proceeds from the sale) of Designated Preferred Stock; 

  
 -65- 

 (vii) any Restricted Payments made in connection with the consummation of the
Transactions or as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, including any dividends, payments or loans made to Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer to enable it to make any such payments, in each case, as described in
or contemplated by the Offering Circular; 
 (viii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Dutch Co-Issuer’s common
stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net
cash proceeds received by Dutch Co-Issuer from any public offering of common stock or contributed to Dutch Co-Issuer by any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer from any public offering of common stock, other than public offerings with
respect to Dutch Co-Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or S-8 and other than any public sale constituting Excluded Contributions; 

(ix) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this
clause (x) not to exceed the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 3.00% of Total Assets; 
 (xi) the payment,
purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to provisions similar to those described
under Sections 3.7 and 3.9; provided that, prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, the Issuers (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) have made
any required Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the Notes as a result of such Change of Control or Asset Sale, as the case may be, and have repurchased, redeemed, defeased, acquired or retired all Notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be; 

(xii) for so long as Dutch Co-Issuer is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary income tax
return with Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, Restricted Payments to Parent or such other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer in amounts required for Parent or such other parent company to pay national,
foreign, state and local income taxes imposed on such entity to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the amount of such payments in respect of any
tax year does not, in the aggregate, exceed the amount that Dutch Co-Issuer and its Subsidiaries that are members of such consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary group would have been required to pay in respect of national, foreign, state and
local income taxes (as the case may be) in respect of such year if Dutch Co-Issuer and its Subsidiaries paid such income taxes directly on a separate company basis or as a standalone consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary income tax group for
such years and prior years (reduced by any such taxes paid directly by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary); 
 (xiii) the
declaration and payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts to, or the making of loans to Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, in the amount required for such entity to, if applicable: 

(a) pay amounts equal to the amounts required for Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer to pay fees
and expenses (including Related Taxes), customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, employees, directors, managers, consultants or independent contractors of Parent or any other direct or
indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, if applicable, and general corporate operating (including, without limitation, expenses related to auditing and other accounting matters) and overhead costs and expenses of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or
indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of Dutch Co-Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 

  
 -66- 

 (b) pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for Parent or any
direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to Dutch Co-Issuer (other than as Excluded Equity) and that has been guaranteed by, and is otherwise considered
Indebtedness of, Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in accordance with Section 3.3 (except to the extent any such payments have otherwise been made by any such Guarantor); 

(c) pay fees and expenses incurred by Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer related to (i) the
maintenance of such parent entity of its corporate or other entity existence and performance of its obligations under this Indenture and similar obligations under the Senior Credit Agreement and the Euro Notes Indenture, (ii) any unsuccessful
equity or debt offering of such parent and (iii) any equity or debt issuance, incurrence or offering, any disposition or acquisition or any investment transaction by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of
or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) permitted by this Indenture; 

(d) make payments to the Sponsor (i) pursuant to or contemplated by any Management Agreement solely to the extent such
amounts are not paid directly by Dutch Co-Issuer or its Subsidiaries, or (ii) for any other financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation,
in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, including in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, which payments are (x) made pursuant to agreements with the Sponsor described in the Offering Circular or (y) approved in
respect of such activities by a majority of the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith; and 
 (e) pay
franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its organizational existence. 
 (xiv) (a)
repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants, (b) payments made or expected to be made by Dutch
Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable or expected to be payable by any future, present or former director, officer, employee, manager, consultant or independent contractor of Dutch Co-Issuer or any
direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer (or their respective Affiliates, estates or immediate family members) in connection with the exercise of stock options or the grant, vesting or delivery of Equity
Interests and (c) loans or advances to officers, directors, employees, managers, consultants and independent contractors of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer in connection
with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer; provided that no cash is actually advanced pursuant to this subclause (c) other than to pay taxes due in
connection with such purchase, unless immediately repaid; 
 (xv) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables
Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees; 

(xvi) payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger
or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all the property and assets of Dutch Co-Issuer; 

  
 -67- 

 (xvii) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock
of, or Indebtedness owed to Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); 

(xviii) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Equity Interests in connection with any merger,
consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination, or in connection with any dividend, distribution or split of, or upon exercise or conversion of warrants, options or other securities exercisable or convertible into, Equity Interests of
Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer; 
 (xix) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an
aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (xix) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not
consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $125.0 million and 2.00% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value); and 
 (xx) the making of payments to the Sponsor (a) pursuant to or contemplated by any Management
Agreement or (b) for any other financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, including in
connection with the consummation of the Transactions, which payments are (i) made pursuant to agreements with the Sponsor described in the Offering Circular or (ii) approved in respect of such activities by a majority of the Board of
Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith; 
 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment
permitted under clause (x) of this Section 3.4(b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. For purposes of clauses (xii) and (xiii) of this
Section 3.4(b), taxes and Related Taxes shall include all interest and penalties with respect thereto and all additions thereto. 

As of the Issue Date, all of Dutch Co-Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. Dutch Co-Issuer shall not permit any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by
Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the
definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 For purposes of this Section 3.4, if any Investment or Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) would be
permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” Dutch Co-Issuer may divide and classify such Investment or Restricted Payment (or a
portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later divide and reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so long as the Investment or Restricted Payment (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to
be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification. 
 SECTION 3.5. Liens. 

(a) The Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other
than Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of either of the Issuers or such Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to 

  
 -68- 

 
receive income therefrom, that secures any Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, unless (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and any applicable
Guarantee are secured by a Lien on such property or assets of Dutch Co-Issuer or such Guarantor and proceeds thereof that is senior in priority to such Liens; or (2) in all other cases, the Notes and the applicable Guarantee are secured equally
and ratably with or prior to such Obligation with a Lien on the same assets of Dutch Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. 

(b) Any Lien that is granted to secure the Notes or such Guarantee pursuant to Section 3.5(a) shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien (other than a release as a result of the enforcement of remedies in respect of such Lien or the Obligations secured by such Lien) that gave rise to the obligation to
secure the Notes or such Guarantee under Section 3.5(a). 
 SECTION 3.6. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries. Dutch Co-Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on
the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Dutch Co-Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(b) make loans or advances to Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in effect on the Issue
Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement and the other documents relating to the Senior Credit Agreement, the Euro Notes Indenture and the notes, guarantees and other documents relating to the Euro Notes Indenture and related Hedging
Obligations; 
 (ii) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees; 

(iii) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

(iv) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into Dutch Co-Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary that was in existence at the time of such acquisition (or at the time it merges with or into Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in each
case, not created in contemplation thereof)), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided
that in connection with a merger under this clause (iv), if a Person other than Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is the Successor Company with respect to such merger, any Subsidiary of such Person, or any agreement or instrument of such
Person or any Subsidiary of such Person, shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at the time of such merger; 

(v) customary encumbrances or restrictions contained in contracts or agreements for the sale of assets applicable to such
assets pending consummation of such sale, including customary restrictions with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of
such Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -69- 

 (vi) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers
under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (vii) customary provisions in operating or other similar
agreements, asset sale agreements and stock sale agreements entered into in connection with the entering into of such transaction, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of those agreements; 

(viii) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations entered into in the ordinary course
of business to the extent such obligations impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired; 

(ix) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sublicenses, contracts and other similar agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business to the extent such obligations impose restrictions of the type described in clause (c) above on the property subject to such lease; 

(x) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;
provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary; 
 (xi) other
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.3; provided that (i) such encumbrances and restrictions
contained in any agreement or instrument shall not materially affect the Issuers’ ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined by Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith) or (ii) such encumbrances and
restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in this Indenture, the Euro Notes Indenture or the Senior Credit Agreement (as
determined by Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith); 
 (xii) any encumbrance or restriction contained in Secured Indebtedness
otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.5 to the extent limiting the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 

(xiii) any encumbrance or restriction arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any
Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, (x) detract from the value of the property or assets of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or
(y) materially affect the Issuers’ ability to make future principal or interest payments on the Notes, in each case, as determined by Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith; 

(xiv) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating
solely to the applicable joint venture; and 
 (xv) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a),
(b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through
(xiv) above; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing are, in the good faith judgment of Dutch
Co-Issuer, not materially more restrictive as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 

  
 -70- 

 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.6, (i) the priority
of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and
(ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by Dutch Co-Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or
advances. 
 SECTION 3.7. Asset Sales. 

(a) Dutch Co-Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless: 

(i) Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset
Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(ii) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75.0% of the consideration therefor received by Dutch Co-Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets; provided, however, that the amount of: 

(1) any liabilities (as shown on Dutch Co-Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in
the notes thereto) of Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale) that are
assumed by the transferee of any such assets or Equity Interests pursuant to an agreement that releases or indemnifies Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from further liability; 

(2) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary
from such transferee that are converted by Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents
received), in each case, within 180 days of the receipt thereof; and 
 (3) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received
by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at that time
outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $150.0 million and (y) 2.25% of Total Assets, at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration
being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the
purposes of this clause (ii). 
 (b) Within 365 days after Dutch Co-Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net
Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option: 

(i) to permanently reduce Obligations under the Senior Credit Agreement and, in the case of revolving loans, to correspondingly
reduce commitments with respect thereto; 
 (ii) to permanently reduce Obligations under Indebtedness (other than
Subordinated Indebtedness) that is secured by a Lien (including the Euro Notes), which Lien is permitted by this Indenture and, in the case of revolving loans, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 

  
 -71- 

 (iii) to permanently reduce Obligations under (x) other Pari Passu
Indebtedness of the Issuers or the Guarantors (provided that if the Issuers or any Guarantor shall so reduce such Obligations under such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, Dutch Co-Issuer shall (A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations
under the Notes as provided in Section 5.1 or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100.0% of the principal amount thereof) or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth
below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under clause
(A) above) or (y) Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to Dutch Co-Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary (and, in each case, correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); 

(iv) to make an investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such investment is in the form of the
acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary), assets (other than working capital assets), or property or capital expenditures, in each case used or useful in a Similar Business;

 (v) to make an investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such investment is in the form of the
acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary), properties (other than working capital assets) or assets (other than working capital assets) that replace the businesses, properties
and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or 
 (vi) any combination of the foregoing; 

provided that Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have complied with the provisions described in clause (iv) or
(v) of this Section 3.7(b) if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Cash Proceeds, Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has entered into and not abandoned or
rejected a binding agreement to make an investment in compliance with the provision described in clauses (iv) and (v) of this Section 3.7(b), and that investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such
365-day period. 
 (c) Pending the final application of any such amount of Net Cash Proceeds, Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary
may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest or utilize such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. Any amount of Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not
invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 3.7(b) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” (provided that any amount of proceeds offered to Holders pursuant to
Section 3.7(b)(iii)(x) or pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer made at any time after the Asset Sale shall be deemed to have been applied as required and shall not be deemed to be Excess Proceeds without regard to the extent to which such
offer is accepted by the Holders). When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu
Indebtedness , to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of such Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as appropriate, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer
price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100.0% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture and the agreement governing
such Pari Passu Indebtedness. The Issuers shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $50.0 million by transmitting electronically or by mailing to Holders
the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuers may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset
Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds prior to the expiration of the application period or by electing to make an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds before the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million. To the extent that the aggregate 

  
 -72- 

 
amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered or otherwise surrendered is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not
otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes (and the
Issuers or their agents shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased in the manner described below. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. To the extent the Excess Proceeds
exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof, all Pari Passu Indebtedness), the Issuers need only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes (and any
such Pari Passu Indebtedness), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to this Section 3.7 and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuers’ discretion. 

(d) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the
extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the
Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.7 by virtue of such compliance. 

(e) If more Notes are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuers are required to purchase, selection of such Notes for
purchase shall be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed (so long as the Trustee knows of such listing) or if such Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis
(with adjustments so that only Notes in denominations of the minimum denomination of $150,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased), by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and
in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided, that the selection of Notes for purchase shall not result in a Holder with a principal amount of Notes less than the minimum denomination of $150,000. No Note will be
repurchased in part if less than the minimum denomination of such Note would be left outstanding. 
 (f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer
shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, or sent electronically, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with DTC procedures. If
any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Note purchased in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder
thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Issuers default in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased. 

SECTION 3.8. Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) Dutch Co-Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or
sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or
guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Dutch Co-Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $40.0 million, unless: 

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Dutch Co-Issuer or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis; and 

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $60.0 million, Dutch Co-Issuer 

  
 -73- 

 
delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer, approving such Affiliate Transaction, together with an Officer’s
Certificate certifying that the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer determined or resolved that such Affiliate Transaction complies with Section 3.8(a)(i). 

(b) The provisions of Section 3.8(a) shall not apply to the following: 

(i) (a) transactions between or among Dutch Co-Issuer and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and (b) any merger or consolidation of Dutch Co-Issuer and Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, provided that such parent company shall have no material
liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of Dutch Co-Issuer and such merger or consolidation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

 (ii) (a) Restricted Payments permitted by this Indenture and (b) Permitted Investments; 

(iii) transactions in which Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee
a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to Dutch Co-Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 3.8(a)(i); 

(iv) payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) to employees, officers,
directors, managers, consultants or independent contractors for bona fide business purposes or in the ordinary course of business; 

(v) any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date (other than the Management Agreement) or as thereafter
amended, supplemented or replaced (so long as such amendment, supplement or replacement agreement is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any
transaction or payments contemplated thereby; 
 (vi) the Management Agreement or any transaction or payments (including
reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses) contemplated thereby; 
 (vii) the existence of, or the performance by Dutch
Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, the Purchase Agreement, any stockholders or similar agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a
party as of the Issue Date or similar transactions, arrangements or agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing transaction, arrangement or agreement or under any similar transaction, arrangement or agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to
the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, arrangement or agreement, together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders, in the good faith judgment of the Board
of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer, in any material respect when taken as a whole as compared with the original transaction, arrangement or agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 

(viii) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the
ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of Dutch
Co-Issuer, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

  
 -74- 

 (ix) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing; 

(x) the sale, issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Dutch Co-Issuer; 

(xi) payments by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory,
financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (x) made pursuant to agreements with the
Sponsor described in the Offering Circular or (y) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith or a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer in good faith; 

(xii) any contribution to the capital of Dutch Co-Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any investments by the Sponsor in
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Dutch Co-Issuer (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Sponsor in connection therewith); 

(xiii) any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction
solely because Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in or otherwise controls such Person; provided that no Affiliate of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries other than Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary shall have a beneficial interest or otherwise participate in such Person; 
 (xiv) transactions between Dutch
Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because a director of which is also a director of Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer;
provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of Dutch Co-Issuer or such direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person; 

(xv) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any payments permitted by
Section 3.4(b)(xii), (xiii)(a) or (xiii)(e); 
 (xvi) transactions to effect the Transactions and
the payment of all transaction, underwriting, commitment and other fees and expenses related to the Transactions; 
 (xvii)
pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xviii) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or
grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer or of a Restricted
Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith; 
 (xix) any employment, consulting, service or termination agreement, or
customary indemnification arrangements, entered into by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with current, former or future officers, directors, employees, managers, consultants and independent contractors of Dutch Co-Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or of any direct or indirect Parent of Dutch Co-Issuer to the extent such agreements or arrangements are in respect of services performed for Dutch Co-Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) and the payment of
compensation to officers, directors, employees, consultants and independent contractors of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including amounts paid pursuant to any management equity plan or any other management or employee
benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, stock option or similar plans and any successor plan thereto and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements), in each case in the ordinary course
of business or as otherwise approved in good faith by the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate; 

  
 -75- 

 (xx) investments by Affiliates in Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests of
Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as non-Affiliates were also offered the opportunity to invest in such Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests, and transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of
Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than
all other holders of such class generally; 
 (xxi) the existence of, or the performance by Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of their obligations under the terms of, any customary registration rights agreement to which they are a party or become a party in the future; 

(xxii) investments by the Sponsor in securities of Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Sponsor in connection therewith); 
 (xxiii) transactions with joint ventures for the
purchase or sale of goods, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xxiv) any lease
entered into between Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of Dutch Co-Issuer, as lessor, in the ordinary course of business; and 

(xxv) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business. 

SECTION 3.9. Change of Control. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control after the Issue Date, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to purchase all
or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash (a “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of
purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), except to the extent the Issuers have previously elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Article V
of this Indenture. 
 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuers have exercised their right
to redeem the Notes as described under Section 5.1, the Issuers shall deliver a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the
Depositary, describing: 
 (i) that a Change of Control has occurred or, if the Change of Control Offer is being made in
advance of a Change of Control, that a Change of Control is expected to occur, and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the Issuers to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to
101.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date);

 (ii) the transaction or transactions that constitute, or are expected to constitute, such Change of Control; 

(iii) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered)
(a “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (iv) that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding
and continue to accrue interest; 

  
 -76- 

 (v) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control
Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(vi) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender
such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered
Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the expiration time of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(viii) that if the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes shall be issued new
Notes and such new Notes shall be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $150,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(ix) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is
conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and 
 (x) the other instructions determined by the Issuers,
consistent with this covenant, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 
 While the Notes are in global form and the
Issuers make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the Notes to be made through the facilities of the Depositary in accordance with the rules and
regulations thereof. 
 (c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form
duly completed, to the Issuers at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuers receive not later than
one Business Day prior to the expiration of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount at maturity of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the
Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his selection to have such Note purchased. 
 (d) On the Change of Control Payment
Date, all Notes purchased by the Issuers under this Section 3.9 shall be delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Holders
entitled thereto. With respect to any Note purchased in part, the Issuers shall issue a new Note in a principal amount equal at maturity to the unpurchased portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original
Note. 
 (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.9, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change
of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by
the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (f) Prior to any Change of
Control Offer, each of the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of each of the Issuers to make such offer have been complied with. 

  
 -77- 

 (g) The Issuers shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 of
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.9. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of
this Section 3.9, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 3.9 by virtue of such compliance. 

(h) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control. 

(i) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent permitted by law, 

(i) accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change
of Control Offer; 
 (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect
of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation
the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers. 

SECTION 3.10. Maintenance of Insurance. The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall maintain with financially sound and reputable
insurance companies not Affiliates of the Issuers, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such
amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons. 
 SECTION 3.11. Additional Guarantors. If,
after the Issue Date, (a) any Restricted Subsidiary (including any newly formed, newly acquired or newly redesignated Restricted Subsidiary, but excluding any Receivables Subsidiary) that is not then an Issuer or a Guarantor guarantees or
Incurs any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement or the Euro Notes or (b) Dutch Co-Issuer otherwise elects to have any Restricted Subsidiary become a Guarantor, then, in each such case, Dutch Co-Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary,
in the case of clause (a) above, within 20 Business Days of the date that such Indebtedness has been guaranteed or Incurred, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall
become a Guarantor under this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture and applicable to the other Subsidiary Guarantors. Such supplemental indenture
shall include local law limitations to the extent applicable. A form of supplemental indenture for such purpose is attached as Exhibit E hereto. 

Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance Section 10.2(b). 

SECTION 3.12. Compliance Certificate; Statement by Officers as to Default. Dutch Co-Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year of Dutch Co-Issuer ending after the Issue Date, an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that to the best knowledge of the signer thereof on behalf of each of the Issuers, the Issuers are or are not in
default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Issuers (through its own action or omission or
through the action or omission of any Guarantor as applicable) shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which such signer may have knowledge. The individual signing any certificate given by any Person
pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of such Person or the direct or indirect parent of such Person, in compliance with TIA § 314(a)(4). 

  
 -78- 

 So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or
Event of Default, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect
thereto. 
 SECTION 3.13. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 3.14. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any
newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, Dutch
Co-Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have
any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Dutch Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, however, that either: 

(i) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 

(ii) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under
Section 3.4. 
 (b) The Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 
 (x) (1) Dutch
Co-Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under Section 3.3 or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be
equal to or greater than such ratio for Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and 

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

(c) Any designation by the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer pursuant to Section 3.14(b) shall be evidenced to the Trustee by
promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Dutch Co-Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with this Section 3.14.

 SECTION 3.15. Covenant Suspension. 

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no
Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), Sections
3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, and 4.1(a)(iv) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) shall no longer be applicable to such Notes. 

(b) In the event that Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any
period of time pursuant to Section 3.15(a) (any such period, a “Suspension Period”), and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade
Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future
events. 
 (c) Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Cash Proceeds shall be reset at
zero. 

  
 -79- 

 (d) With respect to Restricted Payments made after any reinstatement of Suspended Covenants, the
amount of Restricted Payments made shall be calculated as though Section 3.4 had been in effect prior to, but not during the Suspension Period. No Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary during the Suspension Period
unless such designation would have complied with Section 3.4 as if Section 3.4 were in effect during such period. In addition, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension
Period shall be classified to have been Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(iii). In addition, for purposes of Section 3.8, all agreements and arrangements entered into by Dutch Co-Issuer and any Restricted
Subsidiary with an Affiliate of Dutch Co-Issuer during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date shall be deemed to have been entered into on or prior to the Issue Date, and for purposes of Section 3.6, all contracts entered
into during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date that contain any of the restrictions contemplated by such Section shall be deemed to have been existing on the Issue Date. 

(e) During the Suspension Period, any reference in the definitions of “Permitted Liens” and “Unrestricted Subsidiary” to
Section 3.3 or any provision thereof shall be construed as if Section 3.3 had remained in effect since the Issue Date and during the Suspension Period. 

(f) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a
result of any failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during any Suspension Period, and Dutch Co-Issuer and any Subsidiary of Dutch Co-Issuer will be permitted, without causing a Default or Event of Default or breach of any of the Suspended
Covenants (notwithstanding the reinstatement thereof) under this Indenture, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations entered into during a Suspension Period following a Reversion Date and to consummate
the transactions contemplated thereby; provided that, to the extent any such commitment or obligation results in the making of a Restricted Payment, such Restricted Payment shall be made under Section 3.4(a)(C) or
Section 3.4(b) and if not permitted by Section 3.4(a)(C) or Section 3.4(b), such Restricted Payment shall be deemed permitted by Section 3.4(a)(C) and shall be deducted for purposes of calculating the
amount pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(C) (so that the amount available under Section 3.4(a)(C) immediately following such Restricted Payment shall be negative). 

Dutch Co-Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of any Covenant Suspension Event or
Reversion Date. The Trustee shall have no obligation to (i) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred, (ii) make any determination regarding the impact of actions taken during the Suspension Period on Dutch Co-Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ future compliance with their covenants or (iii) notify the Holders of any Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date. 

SECTION 3.16. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do
so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or
the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuers and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law,
hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

  
 -80- 

 ARTICLE IV 

Merger; Consolidation or Sale of Assets 

SECTION 4.1. When the Issuers May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets. 

(a) Neither Issuer shall consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than the Acquisition and other than the merger of one Issuer into the other
Issuer) unless: 
 (i) such Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation,
merger or winding up (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, any territory thereof or the Netherlands (such Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”) and, if such entity is not
(x) a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws and (y) organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, a co-obligor
of the Notes is organized or existing under such laws; 
 (ii) the Successor Company (if other than such Issuer) expressly
assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments; 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the
Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing; 
 (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either: 
 (1) the Successor Company would
be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 3.3(a); or 

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Dutch Co-Issuer (or, if applicable, the Successor Company thereto) and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 

(v) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture
confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 
 (vi)
such Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, and such Issuer shall
automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) above, (A) either of the Issuers or any Guarantor may consolidate with, merge into
or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to an Issuer or any Guarantor, (B) either of the Issuers may merge or consolidate with an Affiliate of such Issuer incorporated or
organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing such Issuer in another state of the United States, the Netherlands, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the principal amount of Indebtedness of
Dutch Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby and (C) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with Dutch Co-Issuer, provided that Dutch Co-Issuer is the Successor Company in such merger. 

  
 -81- 

 (b) Subject to Sections 10.2 and 10.5, each Guarantor shall not, and Dutch
Co-Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person (other than in connection with the Transactions) unless: 

(i) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or winding
up (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company or trust organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof, the District of Columbia or, in the case of a Guarantor organized or existing under the laws of any other jurisdiction, the laws of such jurisdiction (such Guarantor or such
Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”); 
 (B) the Successor Guarantor
(if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments; 

(C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the
Successor Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; 
 (D) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to
the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; or 

(ii) such sale or disposition or consolidation or merger is made in compliance with Section 3.7. 

(c) Subject to Article X, the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and
such Guarantor’s Guarantee, and such Guarantor shall automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Guarantor may merge or
consolidate with an Affiliate of Dutch Co-Issuer incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing such Guarantor in the United States, any state or territory thereof, the District of Columbia, the Netherlands or
the jurisdiction of such Guarantor, so long as the principal amount of Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, (2) a Guarantor may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, another Guarantor or either of the Issuers, (3) a Guarantor may convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership,
limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor or the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States and (4) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into any Guarantor,
provided in the case of this clause (4), that the surviving Person be a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory
thereof or the District of Columbia, the Netherlands, or the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor and the surviving Person of such merger (if not the Guarantor) shall become a Guarantor upon such merger. 

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of Dutch Co-Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by Dutch Co-Issuer instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and
assets of Dutch Co-Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Dutch Co-Issuer. 

  
 -82- 

 ARTICLE V 

Redemption of Notes 

SECTION 5.1. Optional Redemption. 

(a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set
forth in Paragraph 6 of the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. 

(b) In connection with any redemption of Notes (including with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such redemption may, at the
Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any related Equity Offering. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions
precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion), or such redemption may
not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. 

(c) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called
for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 
 SECTION 5.2. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee of Optional and Mandatory
Redemptions. If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5.1, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, at least two Business Days for Global Notes and 10 calendar days for Definitive Notes before notice of redemption is
required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 5.4, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (a) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur, (b) the Redemption Date, (c) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (d) the redemption price. The Issuers may also include a request in such Officer’s Certificate that the Trustee give the
notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 5.4. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as
shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.3. 
 SECTION 5.3. Selection by Trustee of
Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are
listed (so long as the Trustee knows of such listing), or if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal
requirements) in minimum denominations of $150,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the selection of Notes for redemption shall not result in a Holder of Notes with a principal amount of Notes less than the
minimum denomination of $150,000. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, the notice of purchase or redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or
redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note in accordance with Section 5.7. On and after the Redemption Date,
interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuers have deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal and premium, if any, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the
Notes to be redeemed. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of
any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. 

  
 -83- 

 For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions
relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed. 

SECTION 5.4. Notice of Redemption. The Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered
address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to a date fixed for redemption (a “Redemption Date”);
provided, however, that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued pursuant to Article VIII. At the Issuers’ written request, the Trustee may give notice of redemption in
the Issuers’ name and at the Issuers’ expense. 
 All notices of redemption shall be prepared by the Issuers and shall state:

 (a) the Redemption Date, 

(b) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as provided in
Section 5.6, if any, 
 (c) if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the
particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption, 

(d) in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the
Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder shall receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed, 

(e) that on the Redemption Date the redemption price (and accrued interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as
provided in Section 5.6, if any) shall become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Issuers default in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or
the portion thereof) shall cease to accrue on and after said date, 
 (f) the place or places where such Notes are to be
surrendered for payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any, 
 (g) the name and address of the Paying
Agent, 
 (h) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, 

(i) the CUSIP number, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed
in such notice or printed on the Notes, and 
 (j) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are to be
redeemed. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at its expense;
provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be
stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. Such Officer’s Certificate shall state that all conditions precedent to the delivery of such notice have been complied with. 

SECTION 5.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit
with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuers are acting as their own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest
on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date. 

  
 -84- 

 SECTION 5.6. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as
aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date), and from and after such date
(unless the Issuers shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with
said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Issuers at the redemption price, together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest
due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 
 If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for
redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes. 

If a Redemption Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no further interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be subject to redemption by the Issuers. 

SECTION 5.7. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall
be surrendered at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 (with, if the Issuers so require, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers duly
executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee upon receipt of an Authentication Order shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of
such Note at the expense of the Issuers, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so
surrendered, provided that each such new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $150,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

SECTION 5.8. Offer to Repurchase. In the event that, pursuant to Section 3.7, the Issuers are required to commence an
offer to all Holders to purchase the Notes (an “Offer to Repurchase”), it shall follow the procedures specified below: 

(a) The Offer to Repurchase shall remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30
Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the
Issuers shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”), to the purchase of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, if any (in each instance, on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been
tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Offer to Repurchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made pursuant to Section 3.1. 

(b) If the Purchase Date is on or after an Interest Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Repurchase. 

(c) Upon the commencement of an Offer to Repurchase, the Issuers shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the
Holders. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Repurchase. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Offer to Repurchase, shall state: 

(i) that the Offer to Repurchase is being made pursuant to this Section 5.8 and Section 3.7, and the
length of time the Offer to Repurchase shall remain open; 

  
 -85- 

 (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Repurchase
shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an
Offer to Repurchase may elect to have Notes purchased in a minimum amount of $150,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof only; 

(vi) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Offer to Repurchase shall be required to surrender the Note,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if
the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than on the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of
Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; 

(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness, if any, surrendered by
Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and, if applicable, the Issuers shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased or prepaid, on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and Pari
Passu Indebtedness, if any, surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuers so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $150,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and 

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 (d) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers
shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Repurchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes
tendered, and shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the
terms of this Section 5.8. The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to
the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuers, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or
cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof.
The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Offer to Repurchase on the Purchase Date. 
 SECTION 5.9. Redemption for Taxation
Reasons. The Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date fixed
for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record 

  
 -86- 

 
date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due or that will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption
or otherwise, if any, if the Issuers determine in good faith that, as a result of: 
 (a) any change in, or amendment to, the law or
treaties (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation; or 
 (b)
any change in official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations, protocols or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a government agency or court of competent jurisdiction)
(each of the foregoing in clauses (a) and (b), a “Change in Tax Law”), 
 any Payor with respect to the Notes or a Guarantee is, or on
the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts, and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to such Payor (including the appointment of a
new Paying Agent or, where such payment would be reasonable, the payment through another Payor); provided that no Payor shall be required to take any measures that in the Issuers’ good-faith determination would result in the imposition
on such person of any legal or regulatory burden or the incurrence by such person of additional costs, or would otherwise result in any adverse consequences to such person. 

In the case of any Payor, the Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after the date of the Offering Circular. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to make such payment of Additional Amounts. Prior to the publication, mailing or delivery of any notice of
redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee (1) an Officer’s Certificate stating that they are entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the
conditions precedent to their right so to redeem have been satisfied and (2) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Payor would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in
Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders. 

The provisions of this Section 5.9 will apply mutatis mutandis to the laws and official positions of any jurisdiction in
which any successor to a Payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. 

ARTICLE VI 
 Defaults and
Remedies 
 SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. Each of the following is an Event of Default: 

(i) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due continued for 30 days; 

(ii) a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional
redemption, upon required purchase, upon acceleration or otherwise; 
 (iii) the failure by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after receipt of written notice with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default pursuant to Sections 6.1(i) or 6.1(ii)) contained in the Notes or this Indenture; 

(iv) the failure by Dutch Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than
Indebtedness for borrowed money owing to Dutch Co-Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if
the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $75.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent; 

  
 -87- 

 (v) an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of
any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (1) commences a voluntary case; 

(2) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in any voluntary case; 

(3) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(1) is for relief against the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(2) appoints a Custodian of the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(3) orders the winding up or liquidation of either of the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary; 

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; 

(vii) failure by either Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of
$75.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent insurance companies), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days after such
judgment becomes final and, in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or 

(viii) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms
thereof or of this Indenture), or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination or discharge of
this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, and such Default continues for 10 days. 
 The
foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule
or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 
 However, a default under Section 6.1(iii) shall not constitute an
Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the default and such default is not cured within the time specified in Section 6.1(iii) after receipt of
such notice. 

  
 -88- 

 SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.1(v) or (vi) above with respect to an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers may declare
the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default arising from
Section 6.1(v) or (vi) of an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holders. 
 SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available
remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture (including sums owed to the Trustee and its agents and counsel) and the Guarantees. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other
remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
 SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive, rescind or cancel any declaration of an existing or past Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
this Indenture if such waiver, rescission or cancellation would not conflict with any judgment or decree, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes (other than such nonpayment of
principal or interest that has become due as a result of such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture;
but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 In the event of any Event of
Default arising from Section 6.1(iv), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or
the Holders, if prior to 20 days after such Event of Default arose, Dutch Co-Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
discharged or (y) the Holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured. 

SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or
that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to security or indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses, liabilities and expenses that may be caused by taking
or not taking such action. 

  
 -89- 

 SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. In case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against
any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(ii) Holders of at least 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee
to pursue the remedy; 
 (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it in
any loss, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of
the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 SECTION 6.7.
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective
due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(i) or (ii) occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts
provided for in Section 7.6. 
 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim
and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers, its Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders (pursuant to the written
direction of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes) in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by
each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of
any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in such proceeding. 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. The Trustee shall pay out any money or property received by it in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.6; 

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 

Third: to the Issuers or, to the extent the Trustee receives any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor as a court
of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuers (or Trustee) shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

  
 -90- 

 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and
the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10.0% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes. 

ARTICLE VII 
 Trustee 

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, in the exercise of its rights and powers under this Indenture,
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise of such rights and powers as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs, subject to the provisions of clause (h) below.

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Trust Officer has actual knowledge, the Trustee: 

(i) and the Agents undertake to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents; and 
 (ii) in the
absence of gross negligence or bad faith on its part, may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee under this Indenture, the
Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to
determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c) The Trustee shall not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this Section 7.1(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.1(b); 

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or Trust Officers unless
it is proved in a final non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5. 
 (d) The Trustee and the Agents shall not be liable for interest on any
money received by it except as the Trustee and the Agents may agree in writing with the Issuers. 
 (e) Money held in trust by the Trustee
need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (f) No provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the
Guarantees shall require the Trustee or an Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it
shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

  
 -91- 

 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1. 
 (h) The Trustee shall be under
no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee, security, prefunding or indemnity satisfactory to it
against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee and the Agents may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or any other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person or Persons. The Trustee and the Agents need not investigate
any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys, custodians, nominees and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence
of or for the supervision of any agent, custodians, nominees or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable
for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence as
determined in a final non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction. 
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its
selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or
suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes and the Guarantees in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(f) The Trustee and the Agents shall not be bound to make any investigation into any statement, warranty or representation, or the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or other paper or document made or in connection with this Indenture; moreover, the Trustee and the Agents shall not be
bound to make any investigation into (i) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (ii) the occurrence of any default, or the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or
genuineness of this Indenture or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (iii) the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
debenture, note other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee or an Agent, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee or an Agent,
as applicable, shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney and shall incur no liability or additional liability of
any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of
Default except any Default or Event of Default of which a Trust Officer shall have (x) received written notification from the Issuers or a Holder at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and such notice

  
 -92- 

 
references the Notes and this Indenture or (y) obtained “actual knowledge.” “Actual knowledge” shall mean the actual fact or statement of knowing by a Trust
Officer without independent investigation with respect thereto. 
 (h) In no event shall the Trustee or an Agent be responsible or liable
for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee or Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of
the form of action. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without
limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent (including the Agents), custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(j) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not have any duty (A) to see to
any recording, filing, or depositing of this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any rerecording, re-filing or redepositing of any thereof or (B) to see
to any insurance. 
 (l) The right of the Trustee or an Agent to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall not be
construed as a duty. 
 SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. Subject to the TIA, the Trustee, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, the Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent
may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.9. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires
any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 

SECTION 7.4. Disclaimer. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be responsible for and neither of them makes any representation as to
the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, neither of them shall be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the Notes or the proceeds from the Notes, and neither of them shall be responsible for any statement of the
Issuers in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication or for the use or application of any funds received by any Paying Agent other
than the Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to the Trustee,
the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default within 90 days after it is known to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if
and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee and the Agents from time to time such compensation for
their services as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee and the Agents upon
request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to
Holders and reasonable costs of counsel, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the 

  
 -93- 

 
Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including Paying Agent, and
Registrar), and each of their officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents, against any and all loss, liability or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the
administration of this trust and the performance of their duties hereunder and under the Notes and the Guarantees, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.6), the Notes and the Guarantees
and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuers or otherwise). The Trustee and the Agents shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or an Agent to
so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee and the Agents may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such
counsel. The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee or an Agent as a result of its own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property
held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. The right of the Trustee to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.6 shall not be
subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Issuers. 
 The Issuers’ obligations pursuant to this Section and any lien
arising hereunder shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee or an Agent. When the Trustee or an Agent incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in
Section 6.1(v) or (vi) with respect to the Issuers, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

Pursuant to Section 10.1, the obligations of the Issuers hereunder are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Guarantors. 

SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuers and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuers shall remove the Trustee if: 

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9; 

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not
reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.6. All costs reasonably incurred in connection with any resignation or
removal hereunder shall be borne by the Issuers. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10.0% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuers’ expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 -94- 

 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9, unless the Trustee’s duty to
resign is stayed, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Issuers’ obligations under
Section 7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the
Trustee, consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further
act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver
such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the
Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth
in its most recent filed annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA
§ 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
 SECTION 7.10. Limitation on Duty of
Trustee. The Trustee shall not have any duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees by the Issuers, the Guarantors or any other Person. 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any
creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

SECTION 7.12. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. Within 60 days after each December 15, beginning with December 15,
2013, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no
report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 

ARTICLE VIII 
 Discharge of
Indenture; Defeasance 
 SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. This Indenture shall be discharged and shall
cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration or transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when: 

(a) either (i) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes pursuant to Section 2.7
which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money 

  
 -95- 

 
has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation or (ii) all of the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (a) have become due and payable, (b) shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (c) if redeemable at the
option of the Issuers, have been called for redemption or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the
Issuers, and either of the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge
the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuers directing the
Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (b) the Issuers and/or
the Guarantors have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and 
 (c) Dutch Co-Issuer has delivered to the Trustee
an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Issuers at any time may terminate (i) all of their obligations under the Notes and
this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) and have each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee and cure any then-existing Events of Default (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations
under Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9 and 3.10 and the operation of Section 4.1 (other than Sections 4.1(a)(i), (ii) and (vi)) and
Sections 6.1(iii) (with respect to any Default under Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9 and 3.10), 6.1(iv), 6.1(v) (with respect to Significant
Subsidiaries of the Issuers only), 6.1(vi) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuers only) and 6.1(vii) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Issuers may exercise their legal defeasance option
notwithstanding their prior exercise of the covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuers terminate all of their obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) by exercising the legal defeasance option or the
covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of such Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations. 

If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default. If the Issuers exercises their covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(iii) (with respect to any Default by Dutch Co-Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any of their obligations under Article III other than Sections 3.1, 3.11, 3.15), 6.1(iv), 6.1(v) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuers only),
6.1(vi) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuers only) or 6.1(vii). 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions
set forth herein and upon request of the Issuers, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuers terminate. 

(d) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4,
2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 7.6, 7.7 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 7.6, 8.5 and 8.6 shall
survive such satisfaction and discharge. 

  
 -96- 

 SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance. 

(a) The Issuers may exercise their legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option only if: 

(i) the Issuers irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited in trust with the Trustee cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient or U.S. Government Obligations, the principal of and the interest on which shall be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of, and premium (if any) and
interest on the applicable Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be (provided that if such redemption is made pursuant to Paragraph 6(b) of the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto (or any corresponding paragraph of
a Global Note or a Definitive Note), (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations that the Issuers must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited will be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of
such deposit, as calculated by the Issuers in good faith, and (y) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the redemption date as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such
date); 
 (ii) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants
expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment shall provide cash at such times and in such amounts as
shall be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(iii) 91 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 91-day period no Default specified in Section 6.1(v) or
(vi) with respect to the Issuers occurs which is continuing at the end of the period; 
 (iv) the deposit does
not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Issuers; 
 (v) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940; 

(vi) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating
that (1) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case
to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and shall be subject to U.S.
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; 

(vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to
the effect that the Holders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (viii) the Issuers deliver to
the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied
with. 
 Before or after a deposit, the Issuers may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a
future date in accordance with Article V. 
 SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S.
Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of
and interest on the Notes. 

  
 -97- 

 SECTION 8.4. Repayment to Issuers. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon Company Order any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article VIII which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, provided
that the Trustee shall not be required to liquidate any U.S. Government Obligations in order to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.4. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon written request any money
held by them for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors. 

SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Issuers shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 

SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance
with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Issuers and each
Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money
or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if any of the Issuers or the Guarantors has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of
its obligations, the Issuers or any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE IX 
 Amendments

 SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.2 hereof, this Indenture, the Notes and
Guarantees may be amended or supplemented by the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to this Indenture or a Guarantee to which it is a party) and the Trustee without notice to or consent of any Holder: 

(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency identified in an Officer’s Certificate of Dutch
Co-Issuer delivered to the Trustee; 
 (ii) to conform the text of this Indenture (including any supplemental indenture or
other instrument pursuant to which Additional Notes are issued), the Guarantees or the Notes to the “Description of Dollar Notes” in the Offering Circular or, with respect to any Additional Notes and any supplemental indenture or other
instrument pursuant to which such Additional Notes are issued, to the “Description of Notes” relating to the issuance of such Additional Notes, solely to the extent that such “Description of Notes” provides for terms of such
Additional Notes that differ from the terms of the Initial Notes, as contemplated by Section 2.2; 
 (iii) to
comply with the Section 4.1; 
 (iv) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of an
Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture and the Notes or Guarantee, as the case may be; 

  
 -98- 

 (v) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code; 

(vi) to add or release Guarantees in accordance with the terms of this Indenture with respect to the Notes; 

(vii) to secure the Notes; 

(viii) to add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein
conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor; 
 (ix) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder in any material respect upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate of Dutch Co-Issuer certifying the absence of such adverse effect; 

(x) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 

(xi) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by
this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in
violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; 

(xii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, provided that the successor
Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (xiii) to provide for or
confirm the issuance of Additional Notes. 
 SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. 

(a) This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and any existing or past Default or compliance with any
provisions of such documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding other than the Notes beneficially owned by Dutch Co-Issuer or its Affiliates (including, without limitation,
consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding
under this Indenture, then only the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange
offer for, Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different from and materially adverse relative to the manner in which such amendment or waiver affects other
series of Notes, then the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer
for, Notes) shall be required. However, without the consent of each Holder of a Note affected (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Notes held by Affiliates), no amendment, supplement or waiver may (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder): 
 (i) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to
an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

  
 -99- 

 (iii) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

(iv) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of
acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration; 

(v) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as
described under Section 5.1; 
 (vi) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note; 

(vii) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s
Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(viii) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions of this Indenture that require each Holder’s consent, as
described in clauses (i) through (vii) above; 
 (ix) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating
to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; or 

(x) make the Notes or any Guarantee subordinated in right of payment to any other obligations. 

(b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (c) After an amendment under this
Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuers shall (or shall cause the Trustee, at the expense of and at the written request of the Issuers, to) mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing such amendment. The
failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not in any way impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.2. 

SECTION 9.3. Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and
every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it
shall bind every Holder unless it makes a change described in clauses (i) through (ix) of Section 9.2(a), in which case the amendment or waiver or other action shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent
Holder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Notes. An amendment or waiver made pursuant to Section 9.2 shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents. 

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent
or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or
their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. 

SECTION 9.4. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the
Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determines, the Issuers in exchange for the Note
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 

  
 -100- 

 SECTION 9.5. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement
or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not, in the sole determination of the Trustee, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee
may but need not sign it. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to this Article IX, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying upon,
an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by or complies with this Indenture, that all conditions precedent to such amendment required by this Indenture have
been complied with and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers, enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture. 

ARTICLE X 
 Guarantees 

SECTION 10.1. Guarantees. 

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally
guarantees, as guarantor and not as a surety, with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other Obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Notes (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the
commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under
Section 7.6) (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guarantor Obligations”). Each Guarantor agrees (to the extent lawful) that the Guarantor Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in
part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guarantor Obligation. 

(b) Each Guarantor waives (to the extent lawful) presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guarantor
Obligations and also waives (to the extent lawful) notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives (to the extent lawful) notice of any default under the Notes or the Guarantor Obligations. 

(c) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection)
and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guarantor Obligations. 
 (d)
Except as set forth in Section 10.2 and Article VIII, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guarantor
Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not (to the extent lawful) be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guarantor Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not (to the extent lawful) be discharged or impaired or otherwise
affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or
renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guarantor
Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership 

  
 -101- 

 
of the Issuers; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guarantor Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any
other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 

(e) Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guarantor
Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 4.1, Section 10.2 and Article VIII. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or
be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Guarantor Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or
reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise. 
 (f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any
Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay any of the Guarantor Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise,
each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount
of such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition
in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding). 

(g) Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity
of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guarantor Obligations, such Guarantor Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the
Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee. 
 (h) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section. 
 (i) Neither the
Issuers nor the Guarantors shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof and any such notation shall not be a condition to the validity of any Guarantee. 

(j) Each Guarantee shall be subject to limitations in accordance with local law in the jurisdiction of organization of the applicable
Guarantor and defenses generally available to guarantors in such jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, such limitations and defenses may include, but are not limited to, (i) those related to fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer,
voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, corporate benefit, capital maintenance, earnings stripping, retention of title claims and similar laws, regulations and defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally,
(ii) such limitations and defenses as are described in the Offering Circular under the caption “Limitations on Validity and Enforceability of the Guarantees and the Security Interests” and (iii) other considerations under
applicable law. 
 (k) If and to the extent that a Guarantor incorporated in Switzerland (a “Swiss Guarantor”) is
liable under the Guarantees or any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture, for obligations other than obligations of one of its wholly owned subsidiaries (being obligations of its direct or indirect parent companies (for purposes of this
clause (k), an “up-stream guarantee”) or sister companies (for purposes of this clause (k), a “cross-stream guarantee”)) (for purposes of this clause (k), the “Restricted Obligations”), and that the
making of a payment in fulfilling Restricted Obligations would under Swiss 

  
 -102- 

 
corporate law (inter alia, prohibiting capital repayments or restricting distributions) at the time payment is due, not be permitted, then such obligations and payment amount shall from
time to time be limited to the amount permitted to be paid under Swiss corporate law; provided that such limited amount shall at no time be less than such Swiss Guarantor’s distributable reserves (presently being the balance sheet profits and
any reserves available for distribution, including, without limitation, Kapitaleinlagereserven) at the time or times payment is requested from the relevant Swiss Guarantor, and further provided that such limitation (as may apply from time to
time or not) shall not (generally or definitively) release such Swiss Guarantor from payment obligations hereunder in excess thereof, but merely postpone the payment date therefore until such times as payment is again permitted notwithstanding such
limitation. Any and all indemnities and guarantees contained in the Notes or this Indenture shall be construed in a manner consistent with the provisos herein contained. 

In case a Swiss Guarantor who must make a payment in respect of Restricted Obligations under its Guarantee is obliged to withhold Swiss
Withholding Tax (Verrechnungssteuer) in respect of such payment, such Swiss Guarantor shall:  
 (i) procure
that such payments can be made without deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax, or with deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax at a reduced rate, by discharging the liability to such tax by notification pursuant to applicable law (including double tax
treaties) rather than payment of the tax; 
 (ii) if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above does
not apply, deduct Swiss Withholding Tax at the rate of 35% (or such other rate as in force from time to time), or if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above applies for a part of the Swiss Withholding Tax only, deduct
Swiss Withholding Tax at the reduced rate resulting after the discharge of part of such tax by notification under applicable law, from any payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations and promptly pay any such taxes to the Swiss Federal
Tax Administration (Eidgenössische Steuerverwaltung); 
 (iii) notify the Trustee in writing that such
notification, or as the case may be, deduction has been made and provide the Trustee with evidence that such a notification of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration has been made or, as the case may be, such taxes deducted have been paid to the Swiss
Federal Tax Administration; 
 (iv) in the case of a deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax: 

(1) use its best efforts to ensure that any Person other than a Secured Party which is entitled to a full or partial refund of
the Swiss Withholding Tax deducted from such payment in respect of Restricted Obligations, will, as soon as possible after such deduction (A) request a refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax under applicable law (including tax treaties) and
(B) pay to the Trustee upon receipt any amounts so refunded; and 
 (2) if a Secured Party is entitled to a full or
partial refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax deducted from such payment, shall provide the Trustee (on its behalf or on behalf of any Secured Party) those documents that are required by law and applicable tax treaties to be provided by the payer of
such tax, for each relevant Secured Party, to prepare a claim for refund of Swiss Withholding Tax. 
 If a Swiss Guarantor is obliged to
withhold Swiss Withholding Tax in accordance with the previous paragraph, the Trustee shall be entitled to further enforce the Guarantees or any other indemnity granted by the respective Swiss Guarantor under this Indenture and apply proceeds
therefrom against the Restricted Obligations up to an amount which is equal to that amount which would have been obtained if no withholding of Swiss Withholding Tax were required, whereby such further enforcements shall always be limited to the
maximum amount of the freely distributable reserves of the respective Swiss Guarantor as set out above. 

  
 -103- 

 If and to the extent a demand for payment against a Swiss Guarantor is made by the Trustee and if
and to the extent required under Swiss mandatory law (with regards to restricting distributions) applicable at the relevant time, in order to allow the Trustee (and the Secured Parties) to obtain a maximum benefit under the Guarantees, the relevant
Swiss Guarantor shall, and any parent company of the Swiss Guarantor being a party to this Indenture shall procure that the Swiss Guarantor will, promptly implement all such measures and/or promptly procure the fulfillment of all prerequisites
allowing it to promptly make the (requested) payment(s) hereunder from time to time, including the following: 
 (i)
preparation of an up-to-date audited balance sheet of the Swiss Guarantor; 
 (ii) obtain a confirmation of the auditors of
the Swiss Guarantor confirming the maximum amount of the freely distributable reserves; and 
 (iii) approval by a
shareholders’ meeting of the Swiss Guarantor of the (resulting) distribution 
 (iv) to the extent permitted by
applicable law write up or realize any of the Swiss Guarantor’s assets that shown in its balance sheet with a book value that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets, in case of realization, however, only if such assets are
not necessary for the Swiss Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig); and 
 (v) all such other measures
necessary or useful to allow the Swiss Guarantor to make the payments and perform the obligations hereunder with a minimum of limitations. 

(l) The obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor incorporated in Sweden (each a “Swedish Guarantor”) incurred under its
Guarantee shall be limited if (and only if) and to the extent required by the provisions of the Swedish Companies Act (Sw. Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551)) regulating (i) distribution of assets (Chapter 17, Sections 1-4 (or its equivalent from
time to time)) and (ii) unlawful financial assistance and other prohibited loans and guarantees (Chapter 21, Section 5 (or its equivalent from time to time)), and it is understood that the obligations and liabilities of each Swedish
Guarantor in its capacity as Guarantor under its Guarantee only applies to the extent permitted by the aformentioned provisions of the Swedish Companies Act. 

(m) (i) The obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor incorporated in France (each such Guarantor, a “French Guarantor”)
under the Notes or this Indenture and in particular under this Article X shall not include any obligation or liability which, if incurred, would constitute the provision of financial assistance within the meaning of article L.225-216 of the
French Code de Commerce and/or would constitute a misuse of corporate assets within the meaning of articles L.242-6 or L.244-1 of the French Code de Commerce or any other law or regulation having the same effect, as interpreted by
French courts. 
 (ii) The obligations and liabilities of each French Guarantor under this Article X for the obligations under the
Notes or this Indenture of any other obligor which is not a Subsidiary of such French Guarantor shall be limited, at any time to an amount equal to the proceeds from the offering of the Notes which the Issuers have applied for the direct or indirect
benefit of each French Guarantor through the intercompany loan agreements and cash pooling arrangements that are outstanding on the date a payment is requested to be made by such French Guarantor under this Article X; it being specified that
any payment made by a French Guarantor under this Article X in respect of the obligations of the Issuers shall reduce pro tanto the outstanding amount due by such French Guarantor under the intercompany loan agreements or cash pooling
arrangements referred to above and that any repayment of the intercompany loans or of the cash pooling arrangements by the French Guarantor shall reduce pro tanto the amount payable under this Article X. 

(iii) The obligations and liabilities of each French Guarantor under this Article X for the obligations under the Notes or this
Indenture of any other obligor which is its Subsidiary shall not be limited, and shall therefore cover all amounts due by such obligor. However, where such Subsidiary is itself a Guarantor that guarantees the obligations of an obligor that is not a
Subsidiary of the relevant French Guarantor, the amounts payable by such French Guarantor under this paragraph (iii) in respect of the obligations of this Subsidiary as Guarantor, shall be limited as set out in paragraph (ii) above. 

  
 -104- 

 (n) With respect to any Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary which is incorporated in Germany
(each a “German Guarantor”), the limitations and defenses in relation to such German Guarantor’s obligations and liabilities under its Guarantee shall be as agreed in the supplemental indenture to be entered into by the
relevant German Guarantors after the date of this Indenture. 
 (o) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Indenture, the aggregate maximum amount payable by any Guarantor incorporated in Luxembourg (each, a “Luxembourg Guarantor”) in respect of the aggregate amount of its Guarantee obligations under this Indenture for the obligations of
any Issuer which is not its direct or indirect subsidiary shall be limited at any time to an amount (the “Amount”) not exceeding the higher of: 

(A) 95 percent of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s net assets (capitaux propres) and the subordinated debt (dettes
subordonnées) owed by such Luxembourg Guarantor (excluding however any amounts borrowed by such Luxembourg Guarantor as per Section 10.1(o)(ii)) (the “Luxembourg Subordinated Debt”), as determined by article
34 of the Luxembourg law of December 19, 2002 on the Register of Commerce and Companies, on accounting and on annual accounts of the companies (the “2002 Law”) at the date of this Indenture; and 

(B) 95 percent of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s net assets (capitaux propres) and the Luxembourg Subordinated Debt as
determined by article 34 of the 2002 Law at the date the guarantee is called. 
 (ii) The above limitation shall not apply to any amounts
(if any) issued by an Issuer under this Indenture where the issued amounts have been directly or indirectly lent or otherwise made available by such Issuer to a Luxembourg Guarantor or to any direct or indirect subsidiary of a Luxembourg Guarantor;

 (iii) Any Amount called under the Guarantee of a Luxembourg Guarantor is to be deducted from the Amount as defined in the Subsidiary
Guaranty (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) and from the Amount as defined in the Euro Notes Indenture at the moment of such calling. 

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge. 

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to
the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of
such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal
or state law or the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

(b) A Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and each Subsidiary Guarantor
and its obligations under the Guarantee and this Indenture shall be released and discharged upon: 
 (1) the sale, exchange,
disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of (x) the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) all or
substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor if such sale, exchange, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with this Indenture; 

  
 -105- 

 (2) Dutch Co-Issuer designating such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 3.4, Section 3.14 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary;” 

(3) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that after the Issue Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to
Section 3.11, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of Indebtedness, in each case, which resulted in the obligation to
guarantee the Notes, except if a release or discharge is by or as a result of payment under such other guarantee; 
 (4) the
Issuers’ exercise of their legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under Article VIII or if the Issuers’ Obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 

(5) upon the release or discharge of the guarantee by, or direct obligation of, such Subsidiary Guarantor of the obligations
under the Senior Credit Agreement, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee or direct obligation or, with respect to any non-U.S. Guarantor, the exercise under the Senior Credit Agreement of secured remedies
with respect to such Guarantor or its Capital Stock. 
 (c) The Guarantee of Parent shall be released if the Issuers exercise their legal
defeasance option or covenant defeasance option pursuant to Section 8.1 or if the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with this Indenture. 

(d) If any Guarantor is released from its Guarantee, any of its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors shall be released from their Guarantees, if
any. 
 (e) In the case of Section 10.2(b), the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion
of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 

(f) The release of a Guarantor from its Guarantee and its obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 10.2 shall not preclude the future applications of Section 3.11 to such Person. 
 SECTION 10.3. Right
of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any such Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under its Guarantee, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and
receive contribution from and against the Issuers or any other Guarantor who have not paid their proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each
Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder. 

SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled
to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuers or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guarantor Obligations,
nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuers or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the
Issuers on account of the Guarantor Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guarantor Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount
shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor
(duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guarantor Obligations. 

  
 -106- 

 SECTION 10.5. Limitations on Merger. Subject to Sections 4.1 and 10.2, a
Guarantor shall not, and Dutch Co-Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose
of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person (other than in connection with the Transactions) unless: 

(1) (a) such Guarantor is a Successor Guarantor; 

(b) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this
Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments; 
 (c)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or
such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 

(d) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; or 

(2) such sale or disposition or consolidation or merger is made in compliance with Section 3.7. 

The Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee,
and such Guarantor shall automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Guarantor may merge or consolidate with an Affiliate of Dutch
Co-Issuer incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing such Guarantor in the United States, any state or territory thereof, the District of Columbia, the Netherlands or the jurisdiction of such Guarantor, so
long as the principal amount of Indebtedness of Dutch Co-Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, (2) a Guarantor may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or either of the Issuers, (3) a Guarantor may convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust
organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States and (4) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into any Guarantor, provided that, in the case of
this clause (4), the surviving Person be a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, the
Netherlands, or the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor and the surviving Person of such merger (if not the Guarantor) shall become a Guarantor upon such merger. 

ARTICLE XI 
 INTENTIONALLY
OMITTED 

  
 -107- 

 ARTICLE XII 

Miscellaneous 
 SECTION
12.1. Notices. Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed given five calendar days after mailing. Notices
personally delivered will be deemed given at the time delivered by hand. Notices given by facsimile will be deemed given when receipt is acknowledged. Notices given by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery will be deemed given the
next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person, by facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 

if to the Issuers or any Guarantor: 

U.S. Coatings Acquisition Inc. 

Flash Dutch 2 B.V. 
 c/o The
Carlyle Group 
 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue Northwest 

Washington, DC 20004 

Facsimile: (202) 347-1818 

Tel: (202) 729-2626 

Attention: Martin Sumner; Wesley Bieligk 

if to the Trustee: 
 Wilmington
Trust, National Association 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 

Guilford, CT 06437 
 Facsimile:
(203) 453-1183 
 Attention: Corporate Capital Markets 

The Issuers or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the
registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed or delivered to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the
TIA. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile
transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such
instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance
with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to
submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event
(including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions
from such Depositary. 

  
 -108- 

 SECTION 12.2. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture (except in connection with (x) the original issuance of Notes on the date hereof and (y), with respect to clause (ii) below, the
execution of any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture), the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(i) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers,
all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 SECTION 12.3. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate
or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and also shall include: 

(i) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made
such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public
officials. 
 SECTION 12.4. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 12.5. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of,
Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 SECTION 12.6. Days Other than Business
Days. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date
shall not be affected. 
 SECTION 12.7. Governing Law. This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 SECTION 12.8. Jurisdiction and Service. In relation to any legal
action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, Dutch Co-Issuer and each Guarantor that is organized under laws other than those of the United States or a state or territory thereof or the
District of Columbia hereby (i) irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City, County and State of New York, United States (ii) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, any objection to any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees in such courts on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or
proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, (iii) designate and appoint U.S. Co-Issuer as their authorized agent upon which process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding that may be instituted in any such court, and
(iv) agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail addressed to U.S. Co-Issuer, with written notice of said service to such Person at the address of U.S. Co-Issuer set forth in Section 12.1,
shall be effective service of process for any such legal action or proceeding brought in any such court. 

  
 -109- 

 SECTION 12.9. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

SECTION 12.10. No Recourse Against Others. No manager, managing director, incorporator, director, officer, employee or holder of any
Equity Interests of Dutch Co-Issuer, U.S. Co-Issuer, any Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or this
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the
issuance of the Notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 

SECTION 12.11. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their
respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 12.12. Multiple
Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Indenture by
telecopier, facsimile or other electronic transmission (i.e. a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

SECTION 12.13. Variable Provisions. The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar and Notes Custodian with
respect to any Global Notes. 
 SECTION 12.14. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and
headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 12.15. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of
its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted
practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 SECTION 12.16. USA Patriot
Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the Trustee and the Trust Officers, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are
required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they shall provide the Trustee and the Trust Officers with
such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act. 
 SECTION 12.17. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 12.18. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders
of Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

  
 -110- 

 SECTION 12.19. Australian Code of Banking Practice. The parties hereto agree that the
Australian Code of Banking Practice does not apply to this Indenture or the Notes. 
 [Signature Pages Follow] 

  
 -111- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first above written. 
  

					
	U.S. COATINGS ACQUISITION INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin W. Sumner

		 	Name:	 	Martin W. Sumner
		 	Title:	 	President and Secretary
	
	FLASH DUTCH 2 B.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin W. Sumner

		 	Name:	 	Martin W. Sumner
		 	Title:	 	Managing Director A
	
	Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V.
	Managing Director B
		
	By:	 	 /s/ D. J. Jaarsma

		 	Name:	 	D. J. Jaarsma
		 	Title:	 	Proxyholder
		
	By:	 	/s/ D.A. de Vries
		 	Name:	 	D. A. de Vries
		 	Title:	 	Proxyholder
	
	 FLASH DUTCH 1 B.V.
 DUTCH COATINGS
CO. 2 B.V.
 DUTCH COATINGS CO. 3 B.V.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin W. Sumner

		 	Name:	 	Martin W. Sumner
		 	Title:	 	Managing Director A
	
	Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V.
	Managing Director B
		
	By:	 	 /s/ D. J. Jaarsma

		 	Name:	 	D. J. Jaarsma
		 	Title:	 	Proxyholder
		
	By:	 	/s/ D.A. de Vries
		 	Name:	 	D. A. de Vries
		 	Title:	 	Proxyholder
	
	 FLASH LUX CO S.À R.L.

LUXEMBOURG COATINGS S.À R.L.
 LUX FINCO COATINGS S.À
R.L.
 LUX FINCO COATINGS 2 S.À R.L.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Erica Herberg

		 	Name:	 	Erica Herberg
		 	Title:	 	Manager

  
 [Signature Page to the
Indenture] 

 
					
	COATINGS CO (UK) LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin W. Sumner

		 	Name:	 	Martin W. Sumner
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	 COATINGS CO. U.S. INC.
 U.S.
COATINGS IP CO. LLC
 COATINGS FOREIGN IP CO. LLC
 DUPONT
PERFORMANCE COATINGS, LLC

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin W. Sumner

		 	Name:	 	Martin W. Sumner
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	 DUPONT PERFORMANCE COATINGS ASIA HOLDING B.V.

DUPONT PERFORMANCE COATINGS EMEA HOLDING B.V.
 DUPONT PERFORMANCE
COATINGS LA HOLDING II B.V.
 TEODUR B.V.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Annemiek van Leuven

		 	Name:	 	Annemiek van Leuven
		 	Title:	 	Managing Director
	
	DUPONT PERFORMANCE COATINGS (U.K.) LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Ian Blenkinsopp

		 	Name:	 	Ian Blenkinsopp
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	DUPONT POWDER COATINGS UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Ian Blenkinsopp

		 	Name:	 	Ian Blenkinsopp
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	HERBERTS AMERICA, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Thomas J. Faughnan

		 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Faughnan
		 	Title:	 	Vice President of Finance

 
					
	DUPONT POWDER COATINGS USA, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ David J. Lazzeri

		 	Name:	 	David J. Lazzeri
		 	Title:	 	President

 
			
	WILMINGTON TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell

	Name:	 	Joseph P. O’Donnell
	Title:	 	Vice President

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 Global
Note Legend, if applicable 
 Private Placement Legend, if applicable 

Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable 

  
 A-1 

			
	No. [    ]	  	 Principal Amount $[        ],

as revised by the Schedule of Increases

or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto1

		
		  	CUSIP NO.                     2

 U.S. COATINGS ACQUISITION INC. 

FLASH DUTCH 2 B.V. 
 7.375% Senior
Note due 2021 
 U.S. Coatings Acquisition Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, and Flash Dutch 2 B.V.,
a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, promise to pay to Cede & Co., or
registered assigns, the initial principal amount set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, as revised by the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, on May 1, 2021.

 Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1. 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	1 	Insert Global Notes only 

	2 	144A – 90347C AA4 

 Reg S – U90336 AA3 

IAI – 90347C AB2 

  
 A-2 

			
	U.S. COATINGS ACQUISITION INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	FLASH DUTCH 2 B.V.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-3 

									
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION	 		 		 	
				
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION	 		 		 	
				
	as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.	 		 		 	
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 		 	
		 	Authorized Signatory	 		 		 	Date:

  
 A-4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

7.375% Senior Note due 2021 
  

	1.	Interest 

 U.S. Coatings Acquisition Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of
the State of Delaware (U.S. Co-Issuer), and Flash Dutch 2 B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with corporate seat in
Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“Dutch Co-Issuer” and, together with U.S. Co-Issuer and their successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the principal
amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. 
 The Issuers shall pay interest semiannually on February 1 and August 1
of each year, with the first interest payment to be made on August 1, 2013.3 Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if
no interest has been paid, from February 1, 2013.4 The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate
borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at 2.0% per annum in excess of the above rate and shall pay interest
on overdue installments of interest at such higher rate to the extent lawful. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which
any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Issuers shall pay
interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 15 and July 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date unless Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed
after the record date and before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the Paying Agent by the transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuers shall make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) through the Paying Agent by mailing a check to the registered
address of each Holder thereof. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, duly
organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America and having a corporate trust office at 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105, Guilford, CT 06437 (“Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint
and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. 

 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 1,
2013 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those 

 

	3 	With respect to the Initial Notes. 

	4 	 With respect to the Initial Notes. 

  
 A-5 

 
stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are
referred to the Indenture and the Securities Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Note is one of the 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 referred to in the Indenture.
The Notes include (i) $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 issued under the Indenture on February 1, 2013 (herein called “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when
issued, additional Notes of the Issuers that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to February 1, 2013 (herein called “Additional Notes”). 

 

	5.	Guarantee 

 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any,
and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors have unconditionally Guaranteed (and future guarantors shall unconditionally Guarantee), jointly and severally, such obligations on a senior unsecured basis, subject to
the limitations described in Article X of the Indenture. 
  

	6.	Optional Redemption 

 (a) On and after February 1, 20165, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon notice as described in Section 5.4 of the Indenture, at the following
redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 16 of the years set forth below: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2016
	  	 	105.531	% 
	 2017
	  	 	103.688	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.844	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) At any time prior to February 1, 20167, the
Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon notice as described in Section 5.4 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the Notes
redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date). 
 (c) At any time and from time to time, upon notice as described in Section 5.4 of the Indenture,
prior to February 1, 20168, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 40.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of
Additional Notes) 
  

	5 	With respect to the Initial Notes. 

	6 	With respect to the Initial Notes. 

	7 	With respect to the Initial Notes. 

	8 	 With respect to the Initial Notes. 

  
 A-6 

 
with an amount equal to the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by Dutch Co-Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof
are contributed to the common equity capital of Dutch Co-Issuer or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Dutch Co-Issuer from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) equal to
107.375% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided,
however, that at least 50.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; and provided, further,
that such redemption shall occur within 120 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated. 
 (d) In connection with
any redemption of Notes (including with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any
related Equity Offering. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as
any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or
waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. 
 (e) Unless the Issuers
default in the payment of the redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Article V of the Indenture. 

 

	7.	Redemption for Taxation Reasons 

 The Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in
whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Tax Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due or that will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuers determine
in good faith that, as a result of a Change in Tax Law, any Payor with respect to the Notes or a Guarantee is, or on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts, and
such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to such Payor (including the appointment of a new Paying Agent or, where such payment would be reasonable, the payment through another Payor); provided that no Payor
shall be required to take any measures that in the Issuers’ good-faith determination would result in the imposition on such person of any legal or regulatory burden or the incurrence by such person of additional costs, or would otherwise result
in any adverse consequences to such person. 
 In the case of any Payor, the Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after the date of
the Offering Circular. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to make such payment of Additional Amounts. Prior to the
publication, mailing or delivery of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee (1) an Officer’s Certificate stating that they are entitled to effect such redemption and setting
forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to their right so to redeem have been satisfied and (2) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Payor would be obligated to pay
Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive
and binding on the Holders. 

  
 A-7 

 The foregoing provisions will apply mutatis mutandis to the laws and official positions of
any jurisdiction in which any successor to a Payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. 

 

	8.	Change of Control; Asset Sales 

 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers
have exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes under Section 5.1 of the Indenture, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (in minimum denominations of $150,000 and in integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the Notes submitted or selected for purchase shall not result in a Holder with a principal amount of Notes less than the minimum denomination of $150,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a
purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest
due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 (b) In connection with any Change
of Control Offer (including with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such Change of Control Offer may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any
related Equity Offering. In addition, if such Change of Control Offer or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the purchase date may be delayed until
such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion), or such purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been
satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion) by the purchase date, or by the purchase date so delayed. 
 (c) In the event
of an Asset Sale Offer that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 3.7(c) of the Indenture, the Issuers shall be required to make an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes in accordance with Section 3.7(c) and
5.8 of the Indenture at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on any
Record Date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date). Holders that are the subject of an offer to purchase shall receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuers prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such
Note purchased pursuant to such offer by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” attached hereto, or transferring its interest in such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a Depositary, if appointed by the
Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Purchase Date. 
  

	9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
minimum denominations of principal amount of $150,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period beginning 15 Business Days before an
Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date. 
  

	10.	Persons Deemed Owners  

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner
of it for all purposes. 
  

	11.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or
interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their request unless an abandoned property law designates another person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must
look only to the Issuers and not to the Trustee for payment. 

  
 A-8 

	12.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the
Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers irrevocably deposit in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations (sufficient, without reinvestment, in the opinion
of a nationally-recognized certified public accounting firm) for the payment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

 

	13.	Amendment, Waiver 

 The Indenture and the Notes may be amended or waived as set forth in
Article IX of the Indenture. 
  

	14.	Defaults and Remedies  

 Events of Default shall be as set forth in
Article VI of the Indenture. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or Holders of at least 25.0% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes then outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuers are Events of Default which shall result in the
Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default. 
 Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest)
if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. 
  

	15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	16.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No manager, managing director, director, officer, employee,
incorporator or Holder of any Equity Interests in Dutch Co-Issuer, U.S. Co-Issuer, any Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under
the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part
of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 

 

	17.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

  
 A-9 

	18.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	19.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Note
Identification Procedures the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon. 
  

	20.	Successor Entity 

 When a successor entity assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all
the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default or Event of Default exists and all other conditions of the Indenture are satisfied, the predecessor entity shall be released from
those obligations. 
  

	21.	Governing Law 

 This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York. 

  
 A-10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign
and transfer this Note to 
  
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or
tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

  
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of
this Note. 
 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit
unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-11 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The initial principal amount of the Note shall be $ [        ]. The following increases or decreases
in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount of this Global Note	  	Amount in increase in
Principal amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or
increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-12 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.7 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check the
box: 
  

									
		 	 ̈	 		 	 ̈	  	
		 	3.7	 		 	3.9	  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to
Section 3.7 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $150,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $         

 

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-13 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 U.S. Coatings
Acquisition Inc. 
 Flash Dutch 2 B.V. 
 c/o The Carlyle Group

 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue Northwest 
 Washington, DC 20004

 Facsimile: (202) 347-1818 
 Tel: (202) 729-2626

 Attention: Martin Sumner; Wesley Bieligk 
 Wilmington Trust,
National Association 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 
 Guilford, CT
06437 
 Facsimile: (203) 453-1183 
 Attention: Corporate
Capital Markets 
 Re: 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among U.S. Coatings
Acquisition Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (U.S. Co-Issuer), and Flash Dutch 2 B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated
under the laws of the Netherlands with a corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“Dutch Co-Issuer” and, together with U.S. Co-Issuer, the “Issuers”), the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National
Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                     (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with
the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

 

					
	1.	 	 ̈	  	Check if Transferee shall take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A
under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the
Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each
such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
			
	2.	 	 ̈	  	Check if Transferee shall take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities 

  
 B-1 

									
		  		  	Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was
outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a
designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention
of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed
transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the
Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
			
	3.	  	 ̈	  	Check and complete if Transferee shall take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or an Unrestricted Global Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or
Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
					
		  		  	(a)	  	 ̈	  	such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
					
		  		  		  		  	 or

					
		  		  	(b)	  	 ̈	  	such Transfer is being effected to the Issuers or a subsidiary thereof;
					
		  		  		  		  	 or

					
		  		  	(c)	  	 ̈	  	such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;
					
		  		  		  		  	 or

					
		  		  	(d)	  	 ̈	  	such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor
hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted
Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer
is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $150,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that
such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the

  
 B-2 

									
		 		  		  		  	transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.
			
	4.	 	 ̈	  	Check if Transferee shall take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
					
		 		  	(a)	  	 ̈	  	Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the
Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
					
		 		  	(b)	  	 ̈	  	Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
					
		 		  	(c)	  	 ̈	  	Check if Transfer is pursuant to other exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule
903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall
not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	Dated:	 	  

  
 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

									
	1.	 	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
	
	[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
				
		 	(a)	 	 ̈	 	a beneficial interest in the:
					
		 		 	(i)	 	 ̈	  	144A Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
					
		 		 	(ii)	 	 ̈	  	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
					
		 		 	(iii)	 	 ̈	  	IAI Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
				
		 	(b)	 	 ̈	 	a Restricted Definitive Note.
		
	 2.
	 	After the Transfer the Transferee shall hold:
	
	[CHECK ONE]
				
		 	(a)	 	 ̈	 	a beneficial interest in the:
					
		 		 	(i)	 	 ̈	  	144A Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
					
		 		 	(ii)	 	 ̈	  	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
					
		 		 	(iii)	 	 ̈	  	Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
					
		 		 	(iv)	 	 ̈	  	IAI Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
				
		 	(b)	 	 ̈	 	a Restricted Definitive Note; or
				
		 	(c)	 	 ̈	 	an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
		
		 	in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

  
 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 U.S. Coatings
Acquisition Inc. 
 Flash Dutch 2 B.V. 
 c/o The Carlyle Group

 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue Northwest 
 Washington, DC 20004

 Facsimile: (202) 347-1818 
 Tel: (202) 729-2626

 Attention: Martin Sumner; Wesley Bieligk 
 Wilmington Trust,
National Association 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 
 Guilford, CT
06437 
 Facsimile: (203) 453-1183 
 Attention: Corporate
Capital Markets 
 Re: 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 

(CUSIP [                    ]) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among U.S. Coatings
Acquisition Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (U.S. Co-Issuer), and Flash Dutch 2 B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated
under the laws of the Netherlands with corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“Dutch Co-Issuer” and, together with U.S. Co-Issuer, the “Issuers”), the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National
Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                     (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted
Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. 

(a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the
Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for
the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in 

  
 C-1 

 
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for
the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)  ̈ Check
if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted
Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. 
 (a)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal
principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
Restricted Definitive Note issued shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] _ 144A Global Note, _ Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
beneficial interest issued shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 C-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of
the Issuers. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	Dated:	 	  

  
 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

U.S. Coatings Acquisition Inc. 
 Flash Dutch 2 B.V. 

c/o The Carlyle Group 
 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue Northwest 

Washington, DC 20004 
 Facsimile: (202) 347-1818 

Tel: (202) 729-2626 
 Attention: Martin Sumner; Wesley
Bieligk 
 Wilmington Trust, National Association 
 246 Goose
Lane, Suite 105 
 Guilford, CT 06437 
 Facsimile:
(203) 453-1183 
 Attention: Corporate Capital Markets 

Re: 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among U.S. Coatings
Acquisition Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (U.S. Co-Issuer), and Flash Dutch 2 B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated
under the laws of the Netherlands with corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“Dutch Co-Issuer” and, together with U.S. Co-Issuer, the “Issuers”), the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National
Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $         aggregate principal amount of: 

(a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

(b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 

we confirm that: 
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest
therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we
shall do so only (A) to the Issuers, Flash Dutch 1 B.V. or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Issuers a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such
transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $150,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such transfer is in

  
 D-1 

 
compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under
the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction
meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we shall be required to furnish to you and the
Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us shall
bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for
which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial
interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 

You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	Dated:	 	  

  
 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 

Form of Supplemental Indenture 

THIS [—] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of
[—], 201[—] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), is by and among U.S. Coatings Acquisition Inc., a corporation incorporated under
the laws of the State of Delaware (U.S. Co-Issuer), and Flash Dutch 2 B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with corporate
seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“Dutch Co-Issuer” and, together with U.S. Co-Issuer, the “Issuers”), each of the parties identified as a New Guarantor on the signature pages hereto (each, a “New
Guarantor” and collectively, the “New Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS,
the Issuers, certain guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and the Trustee are parties to an indenture dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Issuers’ 7.375% Senior
Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, [Section 3.11 – Additional Guarantors] of the Indenture provides that under
certain circumstances the New Guarantors shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantors shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on
the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to [Section 9.1 - Amendments Without Consent of Holders] of the
Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the
foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuers, the New Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. Agreements to Become Guarantors. (a) Each of the New Guarantors hereby unconditionally guarantees the Issuers’ obligations
for the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes and the performance and observance of each other obligation and covenant set forth in the Indenture to be performed or observed on the part of the
Issuers, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in [Article X-Guarantees] of the Indenture and agrees to be bound by all other provisions of the Indenture and the Notes applicable to a Guarantor therein. 

(b) [Local law limitations to be inserted, if applicable.] 

3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all
respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or
hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 4. No Recourse Against Others. No manager, managing director,
director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in Dutch Co-Issuer, U.S. Co-Issuer, any Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of Dutch Co-Issuer, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers
or the New Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability.
This waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 

  
 E-1 

 5. Notices. For purposes of [Section 12.1-Notices] of the Indenture, the address for
notices to each of the New Guarantors shall be: 
 U.S. Coatings Acquisition Inc. 

Flash Dutch 2 B.V. 
 c/o The
Carlyle Group 
 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue Northwest 

Washington, DC 20004 
 Facsimile:
(202) 347-1818 
 Tel: (202) 729-2626 

Attention: Martin Sumner; Wesley Bieligk 

6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York. 
 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Supplemental Indenture by telecopier, facsimile or other electronic transmission (i.e. a “pdf” or
“tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof. 
 8. Effect of Headings. The section
headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 9. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be
responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by each of the New Guarantors. 

[remainder of page intentionally blank] 

  
 E-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

					
	U.S. COATINGS ACQUISITION INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	[                    ]
		 	Title:	 	[                    ]
	
	FLASH DUTCH 2 B.V.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	[                    ]
		 	Title:	 	[                    ]
	
	[—], as a New Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	[                    ]
		 	Title:	 	[                    ]

  
 F-4 

 
					
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	[                    ]
		 	Title:	 	[                    ]

  
 F-4

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00234-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00234-of-00352.parquet"}]]